WO2021088253A1 - Display device - Google Patents

Display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021088253A1
WO2021088253A1 PCT/CN2020/073104 CN2020073104W WO2021088253A1 WO 2021088253 A1 WO2021088253 A1 WO 2021088253A1 CN 2020073104 W CN2020073104 W CN 2020073104W WO 2021088253 A1 WO2021088253 A1 WO 2021088253A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
circuit
power supply
power
thermistor
controller
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/073104
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王远洋
庞震华
Original Assignee
海信视像科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 海信视像科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 海信视像科技股份有限公司
Publication of WO2021088253A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021088253A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G3/00Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes
    • G09G3/20Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters
    • G09G3/34Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters by control of light from an independent source
    • G09G3/3406Control of illumination source
    • G09G3/342Control of illumination source using several illumination sources separately controlled corresponding to different display panel areas, e.g. along one dimension such as lines
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02JCIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
    • H02J9/00Circuit arrangements for emergency or stand-by power supply, e.g. for emergency lighting
    • H02J9/04Circuit arrangements for emergency or stand-by power supply, e.g. for emergency lighting in which the distribution system is disconnected from the normal source and connected to a standby source
    • H02J9/06Circuit arrangements for emergency or stand-by power supply, e.g. for emergency lighting in which the distribution system is disconnected from the normal source and connected to a standby source with automatic change-over, e.g. UPS systems
    • H02J9/061Circuit arrangements for emergency or stand-by power supply, e.g. for emergency lighting in which the distribution system is disconnected from the normal source and connected to a standby source with automatic change-over, e.g. UPS systems for DC powered loads
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02BCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO BUILDINGS, e.g. HOUSING, HOUSE APPLIANCES OR RELATED END-USER APPLICATIONS
    • Y02B70/00Technologies for an efficient end-user side electric power management and consumption
    • Y02B70/30Systems integrating technologies related to power network operation and communication or information technologies for improving the carbon footprint of the management of residential or tertiary loads, i.e. smart grids as climate change mitigation technology in the buildings sector, including also the last stages of power distribution and the control, monitoring or operating management systems at local level
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y04INFORMATION OR COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES HAVING AN IMPACT ON OTHER TECHNOLOGY AREAS
    • Y04SSYSTEMS INTEGRATING TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO POWER NETWORK OPERATION, COMMUNICATION OR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR IMPROVING THE ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, DISTRIBUTION, MANAGEMENT OR USAGE, i.e. SMART GRIDS
    • Y04S20/00Management or operation of end-user stationary applications or the last stages of power distribution; Controlling, monitoring or operating thereof
    • Y04S20/20End-user application control systems

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of power supply technology, and in particular to a display device.
  • display devices In order to balance the power supply of dual power supplies, display devices usually collect sub-regional backlight power supply. However, the dual power supply mode often results in high standby power consumption of the display device, which is likely to cause a waste of resources.
  • the present application provides a display device to solve the problems of excessively high standby power when dual power supplies are supplied in parallel in the prior art, and the thermistor is overheated and damaged due to the generation of surge current.
  • This application provides a display device, including:
  • the display screen is configured to present image content
  • a backlight assembly configured to provide a backlight light source for the display screen
  • the first power supply circuit is configured to provide power to part of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly
  • the second power supply circuit is configured to provide power to part of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly
  • the TCON circuit is configured to drive the display screen to present image content
  • a backlight driving circuit configured to control the brightness and/or turning on and off of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly
  • the controller is configured to control the first power supply circuit to supply power to the second power supply circuit when receiving the power-on instruction.
  • it further includes: a power supply switching circuit; the power supply switching circuit is connected between the input terminal of the first power supply circuit and the input terminal of the second power supply circuit, and the input of the first power supply circuit Connected to the power supply equipment;
  • the controller is configured to control the first power supply circuit to supply power to the controller and to provide the backlight drive circuit with power for the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly;
  • the controller is further configured to control the first power supply circuit to supply power to the second power supply circuit by turning on the power supply switching circuit, and control the powered second power supply circuit to drive the backlight
  • the circuit provides power to the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly, and the first area and the second area constitute a display area of the display screen.
  • the controller is further configured to connect the second thermistor in the second power supply circuit from series to the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit after a preset period of time.
  • the power supply circuits are switched to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit, and the second power supply circuit is controlled to provide the backlight driving circuit with the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly Of electrical energy.
  • the controller is further configured to control all the components by connecting the second thermistor in the second power supply circuit in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit.
  • the first power supply circuit supplies the voltage input by the power supply device to the second power supply circuit.
  • the controller is configured to control the first thermistor in the first power supply circuit by connecting the first thermistor in the first power supply circuit in series between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit.
  • a power supply circuit supplies the voltage input from the power supply device to the controller and supplies the backlight drive circuit with power for the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly.
  • the controller is further configured to control the first thermistor in the first power supply circuit to switch from being connected in series between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit to a short-circuit connection Between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit.
  • the first power supply circuit includes: a first resistance switching circuit and a first voltage conversion circuit
  • control end of the first resistance switching circuit is connected to the controller, the first resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel between the first end and the second end of the first thermistor, and the first resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel between the first end and the second end of the first thermistor.
  • the first end of a thermistor is also connected to the power supply device, the second end of the first thermistor is connected to the input end of the first voltage conversion circuit, and the first output end of the first voltage conversion circuit is Connected to the controller, and the second output terminal of the first voltage conversion circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit;
  • the controller is configured to send a first signal to the first resistance switching circuit
  • the first resistance switching circuit is configured to control the first thermistor to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first voltage conversion circuit based on the first signal;
  • the controller is further configured to send a second signal to the first resistance switching circuit
  • the first resistance switching circuit is further configured to control the first thermistor to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply device and the first voltage conversion circuit based on the second signal;
  • the first voltage conversion circuit is configured to convert the voltage input by the power supply device and supply power to the controller, and to provide the backlight driving circuit with the power of the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly .
  • the first resistance switching circuit includes: a third resistor, a third capacitor, a fourth resistor, a fifth resistor, a second triode, a first capacitor, a third diode, and a third relay ;
  • the first end of the third resistor and the fourth end of the third relay are both connected to the controller, and the second end of the third resistor is respectively connected to the first end and the first end of the third capacitor.
  • the first end of the fifth resistor is connected, the second end of the fifth resistor is respectively connected to the first end of the fourth resistor and the base of the second triode, and the second triode is
  • the collector of the tube is respectively connected to the first end of the first capacitor, the anode of the third diode, and the first end of the third relay.
  • the second end of the first capacitor is connected to the first end of the third relay.
  • the cathodes of the three diodes are all connected to the fourth end of the third relay, the second end of the third relay is connected to the first end of the first thermistor, and the third end of the third relay is connected to the first end of the first thermistor.
  • the terminal is connected to the second terminal of the first thermistor, and the second terminal of the third capacitor, the second terminal of the fourth resistor, and the emitter of the second triode are all grounded;
  • the first voltage conversion circuit includes: a first electromagnetic interference circuit, a first rectification filter circuit, a first PFC circuit, and a first LLC circuit;
  • the input end of the first electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the output end of the first resistance switching circuit and the second end of the first thermistor respectively, and the output end of the first electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the second end of the first thermistor.
  • the input end of the first rectification and filter circuit is connected, the output end of the first rectification and filter circuit is connected to the input end of the first PFC circuit, and the output end of the first PFC circuit is connected to the first LLC circuit.
  • the input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the first LLC circuit is respectively connected to the controller and the backlight driving circuit.
  • the second power supply circuit is configured to receive the second signal output by the first power supply circuit or the controller after power supply, and the first power supply circuit passes all the signals.
  • the second thermistor is controlled to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit with a delay The preset duration; after the preset duration, control the second thermistor to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit;
  • the second power supply circuit is configured to control the second thermistor to be connected in series to the power supply switching circuit when the first power supply circuit starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit Between the second power supply circuit and the second power supply circuit; the second signal is received from the first power supply circuit or the controller after supplying power after the preset time period, and based on the second signal, controls the The second thermistor is short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit.
  • the second power supply circuit includes: a second resistance switching circuit and a second voltage conversion circuit
  • control end of the second resistance switching circuit is connected to the first power supply circuit or the controller, and the second resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel to the first end and the second end of the second thermistor.
  • the first terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the output terminal of the power supply switching circuit, and the second terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the input terminal of the second voltage conversion circuit.
  • the output terminal of the second voltage conversion circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit;
  • the second resistance switching circuit is configured to receive the second signal output by the controller after receiving the first power supply circuit or the power supply, and the first power supply circuit sends the signal to the power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit.
  • the second power supply circuit starts to supply power, based on the second signal, the second thermistor is controlled to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second voltage conversion circuit, and the preset duration is delayed ;
  • the second resistance switching circuit is further configured to control the second thermistor to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second voltage conversion circuit after the preset time period has elapsed;
  • the second voltage conversion circuit is used for converting the voltage output from the first power supply circuit and providing the backlight driving circuit with power of the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly.
  • the second resistance switching circuit includes: a first resistor, a second capacitor, a Zener tube, a second resistor, a first triode, a second diode, and a second relay;
  • first end of the first resistor and the fourth end of the second relay are both connected to the controller or the first power circuit, and the second end of the first resistor is respectively connected to the second capacitor
  • the first end of the voltage regulator tube is connected to the negative electrode of the voltage regulator tube, and the anode electrode of the voltage regulator tube is respectively connected to the first end of the second resistor and the base electrode of the first triode.
  • the collector of the pole tube is respectively connected to the anode of the second diode and the first end of the second relay, and the cathode of the second diode is connected to the fourth end of the second relay, so
  • the second end of the second relay is connected to the first end of the second thermistor, the third end of the second relay is connected to the second end of the second thermistor, and the second capacitor
  • the second end of the second resistor, the second end of the second resistor, and the emitter of the first triode are all grounded;
  • the second voltage conversion circuit includes: a second electromagnetic interference circuit, a second rectification filter circuit, a second PFC circuit, and a second LLC circuit;
  • the input end of the second electromagnetic interference circuit is respectively connected to the output end of the second resistance switching circuit and the second end of the second thermistor, and the output end of the second electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the second end of the second thermistor.
  • the input end of the second rectification filter circuit is connected, the output end of the second rectification filter circuit is connected to the input end of the second PFC circuit, and the output end of the second PFC circuit is connected to the second LLC circuit.
  • the input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the second LLC circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit.
  • the second power supply circuit includes: a third resistance switching circuit and a third voltage conversion circuit
  • control end of the third resistance switching circuit is connected to the first power supply circuit and/or the controller, and the third resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel to the first end of the second thermistor and Between the second terminals, the first terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the output terminal of the power supply switching circuit, and the second terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the output terminal of the third voltage conversion circuit.
  • the input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the third voltage conversion circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit;
  • the third resistance switching circuit is used to control the second thermistor to be connected in series to the power supply switching circuit when the first power supply circuit starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit And the third resistance switching circuit;
  • the third resistance switching circuit is further configured to receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit or the controller after power supply after the preset time period; and based on the second signal, control all The second thermistor is short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the third resistance switching circuit;
  • the third voltage conversion circuit is configured to convert the voltage output from the first power supply circuit and provide the backlight driving circuit with power of the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly.
  • the third resistance switching circuit includes: a sixth resistance, a third triode, a fourth diode, and a fourth relay;
  • the first end of the sixth resistor, the base of the third triode, and the fourth end of the fourth relay are all connected to the controller or the first power circuit, and the third third The collector of the pole tube is respectively connected to the anode of the fourth diode and the first end of the fourth relay, and the cathode of the fourth diode is connected to the fourth end of the fourth relay, so
  • the second end of the fourth relay is connected to the first end of the second thermistor
  • the third end of the fourth relay is connected to the second end of the second thermistor
  • the second capacitor The second end of the sixth resistor, the second end of the sixth resistor, and the emitter of the third triode are all grounded;
  • the third voltage conversion circuit includes: a third electromagnetic interference circuit, a third rectification filter circuit, a third PFC circuit, and a third LLC circuit;
  • the input end of the third electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the output end of the third resistance switching circuit and the second end of the second thermistor respectively, and the output end of the third electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the second end of the second thermistor.
  • the input end of the third rectification and filter circuit is connected, the output end of the third rectification and filter circuit is connected to the input end of the third PFC circuit, and the output end of the third PFC circuit is connected to the third LLC circuit.
  • the input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the third LLC circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit.
  • the power supply switching circuit is provided in the first power circuit, and/or the power supply switching circuit is provided in the second power circuit.
  • the power supply switching circuit includes: a fourth capacitor, a first diode, a first relay, and a fuse;
  • the first terminal of the fourth capacitor, the cathode of the first diode, and the fourth terminal of the first relay are all connected to the controller or the first power circuit, and the first The third terminal of the relay is connected to the first terminal of the fuse, the second terminal of the fuse is connected to the second power circuit, and the second terminal of the first relay is connected to the power supply device and the first terminal, respectively.
  • a power circuit is connected, and the first terminal of the first relay, the anode of the first diode and the second terminal of the fourth capacitor are all grounded.
  • the first power circuit when the display device is powered on, the first power circuit can be powered on and start to work, and the second power circuit is not powered on and cannot start to work, so that the display device enters a standby mode and saves the standby power of the display device. Moreover, when the display device needs power from the second power circuit, the controller can control the first power circuit to supply power to the second power circuit, so that the second power circuit can provide power to the display device, facilitating the use of the display device.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an operation scenario between a display device and a control device
  • Fig. 2a is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the hardware system in the display device in Fig. 1;
  • Figure 2b is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a hardware system in a display device
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between the power supply component and the load in Fig. 2a;
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a power supply architecture in Fig. 2a;
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram of the hardware architecture of the display device in Figure 2a;
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of the functional configuration of the display device in Fig. 2a;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first power supply circuit in FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first resistance switching circuit in FIG. 8.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first voltage conversion circuit in FIG. 8;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the power supply switching circuit in FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the second power supply circuit in FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the second resistance switching circuit in FIG. 13;
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the second voltage conversion circuit in FIG. 13;
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the second power supply circuit in FIG. 16;
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the third resistance switching circuit in FIG. 17;
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the display device provided by each embodiment of the present application may have a display device with a single system and a single display structure.
  • the display device includes: a display screen configured to display screen images; a sound reproduction device configured to play sound; a power supply circuit configured to provide power to a load of the display device, the load including a display screen and a sound reproduction device Wait.
  • this application is mainly directed to a display device with a dual system and dual display structure, that is, a display device with a first controller (a first hardware system), a second controller (a second hardware system), a first display screen, and a second display screen
  • a display device with a first controller a first hardware system
  • a second controller a second hardware system
  • a first display screen a first display screen
  • a second display screen a second display screen
  • various external device interfaces are usually provided on the display device to facilitate the connection of different peripheral devices or cables to achieve corresponding functions.
  • a high-resolution camera When a high-resolution camera is connected to the interface of the display device, if the hardware system of the display device does not have the hardware interface of the high-pixel camera that receives the source code, it will cause the data received by the camera to be unable to present the data received by the camera to the display of the display device. On the screen.
  • the hardware system of traditional display devices only supports one hard decoding resource, and usually only supports 4K resolution video decoding. Therefore, when you want to realize the video chat while watching Internet TV, in order not to reduce
  • the definition of the network video picture requires the use of hard decoding resources (usually the GPU in the hardware system) to decode the network video.
  • the general-purpose processor such as CPU
  • the video chat screen is processed by soft decoding.
  • this application discloses a dual-system hardware system architecture to realize multiple channels of video chat data (at least one local video).
  • circuit used in the various embodiments of this application can refer to any known or later developed hardware, software, firmware, artificial intelligence, fuzzy logic, or a combination of hardware or/and software code that can execute related to the component Function.
  • remote control used in the various embodiments of this application refers to a component of an electronic device (such as the display device disclosed in this application), which can generally control the electronic device wirelessly within a short distance.
  • This component can generally use infrared and/or radio frequency (RF) signals and/or Bluetooth to connect with electronic devices, and can also include functional circuits such as WiFi, wireless USB, Bluetooth, and motion sensors.
  • RF radio frequency
  • a handheld touch remote control replaces most of the physical built-in hard keys in general remote control devices with the user interface in the touch screen.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the commonly used form of the user interface is a graphical user interface (GUI), which refers to a user interface related to computer operations that is displayed in a graphical manner. It can be an icon, window, control and other interface elements displayed on the display screen of an electronic device.
  • the control can include icons, buttons, menus, tabs, text boxes, dialog boxes, status bars, navigation bars, Widgets, etc. Visual interface elements.
  • gesture used in the embodiments of the present application refers to a user's behavior through a change of hand shape or hand movement to express expected ideas, actions, goals, and/or results.
  • the term "hardware system” used in the various embodiments of this application may refer to an integrated circuit (IC), printed circuit board (Printed circuit board, PCB) and other mechanical, optical, electrical, and magnetic devices with computing , Control, storage, input and output functions of the physical components.
  • the hardware system is usually also referred to as a motherboard or a chip.
  • Fig. 1 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of an operation scenario between a display device and a control device according to an embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1, the user can operate the display device 200 by controlling the device 100.
  • the control device 100 may be a remote controller 100A, which can communicate with the display device 200 through infrared protocol communication, Bluetooth protocol communication, ZigBee protocol communication or other short-distance communication methods for wireless or other short-distance communication.
  • the display device 200 is controlled in a wired manner.
  • the user can control the display device 200 by inputting user instructions through keys on the remote controller 100A, voice input, and control panel input.
  • the user can control the display device by inputting corresponding control commands through the volume up and down keys on the remote control 100A, channel control keys, up/down/left/right movement keys, voice input keys, menu keys, switch machine keys, etc. 200 features.
  • the control device 100 may also be a smart device, such as a mobile terminal 100B, a tablet computer, a computer, a notebook computer, etc., which may be connected through a local area network (LAN, Wide Area Network), a wide area network (WAN, Wide Area Network), and a wireless local area network (WLAN, Wireless Local Area Network) or other networks communicate with the display device 200, and control the display device 200 through an application program corresponding to the display device 200.
  • LAN Local area network
  • WAN Wide Area Network
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
  • the application can provide users with various controls through an intuitive user interface (UI, User Interface) on the screen associated with the smart device.
  • UI User Interface
  • both the mobile terminal 100B and the display device 200 can be installed with software applications, so that the connection and communication between the two can be realized through a network communication protocol, and the purpose of one-to-one control operation and data communication can be realized.
  • the mobile terminal 100B can establish a control command protocol with the display device 200, synchronize the remote control keyboard to the mobile terminal 100B, and control the user interface of the mobile terminal 100B to achieve the function of controlling the display device 200; or the mobile terminal 100B The audio and video content displayed on the screen is transmitted to the display device 200 to realize the synchronous display function.
  • the display device 200 can also communicate with the server 300 through multiple communication methods.
  • the display device 200 may be allowed to perform a wired communication connection or a wireless communication connection with the server 300 through a local area network, a wireless local area network, or other networks.
  • the server 300 may provide various contents and interactions to the display device 200.
  • the display device 200 can receive software program updates by sending and receiving information and interacting with an Electronic Program Guide (EPG), or accessing a remotely stored digital media library.
  • EPG Electronic Program Guide
  • the server 300 may be a group or multiple groups, and may be one or more types of servers.
  • the server 300 provides other network service content such as video-on-demand and advertising services.
  • the display device 200 includes: a first display screen 201 and a second display screen 202, wherein the first display screen 201 and the second display screen 202 are independent of each other, and the first display screen 201 and the second display screen 202 adopt dual Hardware control system.
  • the first display screen 201 and the second display screen 202 can be used to display different display pictures.
  • the first display screen 201 can be used for screen display of traditional TV programs
  • the second display screen 202 can be used for screen display of auxiliary information such as notification messages and voice assistants.
  • the content displayed on the first display screen 201 and the content displayed on the second display screen 202 may be independent of each other without affecting each other.
  • the second display screen 202 may display information such as time, weather, temperature, and reminder messages that are not related to the TV program.
  • the second display screen 202 may display information such as the avatar and the chat duration of the user currently accessing the video chat.
  • part or all of the content displayed on the second display screen 202 can be adjusted to be displayed on the first display screen 201.
  • the time, weather, temperature, reminder message and other information displayed on the second display screen 202 can be adjusted to the first display screen 201 for display. Display other information.
  • the first display screen 201 displays a multi-party interactive screen while displaying a traditional TV program screen, and the multi-party interactive screen does not block the traditional TV program screen.
  • the present application does not limit the display mode of the traditional TV program screen and the multi-party interactive screen.
  • this application can set the position and size of the traditional TV program screen and the multi-party interactive screen according to the priority of the traditional TV program screen and the multi-party interactive screen.
  • the area of traditional TV program screens is larger than that of multi-party interactive screens, and the multi-party interactive screens can be located on one side of the traditional TV program screen or can be set floating In any area of the traditional TV program screen.
  • the display device 200 may be a liquid crystal display, an OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode) display, or a projection display device; on the other hand, the display device may be a smart TV or a display system composed of a display and a set-top box.
  • OLED Organic Light Emitting Diode
  • the display device 200 may make some changes in performance and configuration as required.
  • the display device 200 may additionally provide a smart network TV function that provides a computer support function. Examples include Internet TV, Smart TV, Internet Protocol TV (IPTV), and so on. In some embodiments, the display device may not have the function of broadcasting and receiving TV.
  • a smart network TV function that provides a computer support function. Examples include Internet TV, Smart TV, Internet Protocol TV (IPTV), and so on.
  • IPTV Internet Protocol TV
  • the display device may not have the function of broadcasting and receiving TV.
  • the display device 200 may be connected or provided with a camera for presenting the pictures taken by the camera on the display interface of the display device or other display devices, so as to realize interactive chats between users.
  • the picture captured by the camera can be displayed on the display device in full screen, half screen, or in any optional area.
  • the camera is connected to the rear shell of the display device through a connecting plate, and is fixedly installed on the upper middle of the rear shell of the display device.
  • it can be fixedly installed on the rear of the display device. Any position of the shell can ensure that the image capture area is not blocked by the rear shell. For example, the image capture area and the display device have the same orientation.
  • the camera can be connected to the rear shell of the display device through a connecting plate or other conceivable connectors.
  • a lifting motor is installed on the connector.
  • the camera used in this application may have 17 million pixels to achieve the purpose of ultra-high-definition display. In actual use, a camera with higher or lower than 17 million pixels can also be used.
  • the content displayed in different application scenarios of the display device can be merged in a variety of different ways, so as to achieve functions that cannot be achieved by traditional display devices.
  • the user can video chat with at least one other user while watching a video program.
  • the presentation of the video program can be used as the background picture, and the video chat window is displayed on the background picture.
  • the display device has the function of "watching and chatting”.
  • the user in the application scenario of “watching while chatting”, can use the display device to watch live video or network video while simultaneously conducting at least one video chat across terminals.
  • the user can use the display device to start a video chat with at least one other user while entering the education application for learning.
  • the display device has the function of "learning while chatting”.
  • the user can use the display device to perform a video chat with players entering the game while playing a card game.
  • the display device can realize remote interaction with other players.
  • the display device has the function of "watching and playing".
  • the game scene is merged with the video screen, and the portrait in the video screen is cut out and displayed on the game screen to improve the user experience.
  • somatosensory games such as ball games, boxing games, running games, dancing games, etc.
  • human body postures and movements, body detection and tracking, and key point data of human bones are acquired through the camera. Detection, and then fusion with the game screen, to achieve games such as sports, dance and other scenes.
  • the user can interact with at least one other user in video and voice while the K song is applied.
  • the display device has the function of "watching and singing".
  • the user in the "watching and singing" application scenario, can use the display device to record a song with other users while chatting.
  • the user can open the camera locally to obtain pictures and videos through the display device.
  • the display device has the function of "looking in the mirror".
  • the display device can also add more functions or reduce the above-mentioned functions. This application does not specifically limit the function of the display device.
  • Fig. 2a exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the hardware system in the display device 200 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the display device 200 in FIG. 2a uses a liquid crystal display as an example for illustration.
  • the display device 200 may include: a first panel 11, a first backlight assembly 12, a first rear case 13, a first controller 14, a second controller 15, a first display driving circuit 16, and a second panel 21.
  • the display device 200 may further include a base or a suspension bracket.
  • the display device 200 in FIG. 2a includes a base 41 for illustration, and the base 41 is used to support the display device 200. It is worth noting that only one form of base design is shown in the figure, and those skilled in the art can design different forms of bases according to product requirements.
  • the first panel 11 is used to present a picture of the first display screen 201 to the user.
  • the first panel 11 may be a liquid crystal panel.
  • a liquid crystal panel may include, from top to bottom, a horizontal polarizer, a color filter, a liquid crystal layer, a thin film transistor TFT, a vertical polarizer, a light guide plate, and a printed circuit board (PCB).
  • the printed circuit board The PCB 17 is provided with driving circuits such as a gate driving circuit and a source driving circuit. Wherein, the gate driving circuit is connected to the gate of the thin film transistor TFT through a scan line, and the source driving circuit is connected to the drain of the thin film transistor TFT through a data line.
  • the first backlight assembly 12 is located under the first panel 11, and is usually some optical components for supplying sufficient brightness and uniformly distributed light sources, so that the first panel 11 can display images normally.
  • the first backlight assembly 12 also includes a first back plate (not shown in the figure).
  • the first rear case 13 is covered on the first panel 11 to jointly hide the display devices such as the first backlight assembly 12, the first controller 14, the second controller 15, the first display driving circuit 16, the power supply assembly 30, etc. 200 parts, play a beautiful effect.
  • the first controller 14, the second controller 15, the first display driving circuit 16 and the power supply assembly 30 are arranged on the first backplane, and some convex hull structures are usually stamped on the first backplane.
  • the first controller 14, the second controller 15, the first display driving circuit 16 and the power supply assembly 30 are fixed on the convex hull by screws or hooks.
  • the first controller 14, the second controller 15, the first display drive circuit 16 and the power supply assembly 30 can be arranged on one board together, or can be arranged on different boards, for example, the first controller 14 is arranged on a main board,
  • the second controller 15 is arranged on the interactive board, the first display driving circuit 16 is arranged on the first display driving board, and the power supply assembly 30 is arranged on the power supply board.
  • the backlight assembly 12 is jointly arranged on a board, which can be set according to actual needs, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first controller 14, the second controller 15, the first display driving circuit 16 and the power supply assembly 30 are all provided on one board for illustration.
  • the main function of the first display driving circuit 16 is to perform a thousand-level backlight partition control through the backlight driving signal transmitted by the first controller 14, such as a PWM signal and a Localdimming signal. This part of the control is changed according to the image content, and After the handshake is established with the first controller 14, the VbyOne display signal sent by the first controller 14 is received, and the VbyOne display signal is converted into an LVDS signal to realize the image display of the first display screen 201.
  • the second panel 21 is used to present the screen of the second display screen 202 to the user.
  • the second panel 21 may be a liquid crystal panel, and the specific structure included can refer to the description of the foregoing content, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second backlight assembly 22 is located below the second panel 12, and is usually some optical components for supplying sufficient brightness and uniformly distributed light sources, so that the second panel 12 can display images normally.
  • the second backlight assembly 22 also includes a second back plate (not shown in the figure).
  • the second rear case 23 is covered on the second panel 21 to jointly hide the components of the display device 200 such as the second backlight assembly 22 and the second display driving circuit 24, which has a beautiful effect.
  • the second display driving circuit 24 is disposed on the second backplane, and some convex hull structures are usually stamped on the second backplane.
  • the second display driving circuit 24 is fixed on the convex hull by screws or hooks.
  • the second display driving circuit 24 can be separately arranged on a board, such as a second display driving board, or it can be arranged on the same board together with the second backlight assembly 22, which can be set according to actual needs. This application does not Make a limit.
  • the second display driving circuit 24 is separately provided on a board in FIG. 2a for illustration.
  • FIG. 2a also includes a key pad.
  • the key pad may be provided on the first backplane or the second backplane, which is not limited in this application.
  • a plurality of buttons and button circuits are provided on the button board, so that the first controller 14 or the second controller 15 can receive the button signal from the button board, and the first controller 14 or the second controller 15 can also send the button to the button.
  • the board sends control signals.
  • the display device 200 also includes a sound reproduction device (not shown in the figure), such as an audio component, such as an I2S interface including a power amplifier (AMP) and a speaker (Speaker), for realizing sound reproduction.
  • an audio component such as an I2S interface including a power amplifier (AMP) and a speaker (Speaker), for realizing sound reproduction.
  • AMP power amplifier
  • Speaker speaker
  • audio components can achieve sound output of at least two channels; when the panoramic sound surround effect is to be achieved, multiple audio components need to be set to output multiple channels of sound, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the display device 200 can also be an OLED display.
  • the template contained in the display device 200 is changed accordingly.
  • the OLED display can realize self-luminescence, the OLED display does not require a backlight assembly ( Figure 2a).
  • the first backlight assembly 12 and the second backlight assembly 22) are not detailed here.
  • FIG. 2a a display device with dual display screens is taken as an exemplary illustration
  • FIG. 2b exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a hardware system in the display device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the display device includes: a panel 1, a backlight assembly 2, a rear case 3, a controller 4, a power supply assembly 5, and a base 6.
  • the panel 1 is used to present images to the user;
  • the backlight assembly 2 is located under the panel 1, usually some optical components, used to supply sufficient brightness and uniformly distributed light sources, so that the panel 1 can display image content normally, and the backlight assembly 2 It also includes a backplane 20.
  • the controller 4 and the power supply assembly 5 are arranged on the backplane 20.
  • some convex structures are stamped on the backplane 20, and the controller 4 and the power supply assembly 5 are fixed on the convex hulls by screws or hooks;
  • the rear shell 3 is covered on the panel 1 to jointly hide the backlight assembly 2, the controller 4 and the power supply assembly 5 and other display device components, which has a beautiful effect;
  • the base 6 is used to support the display device.
  • the controller 4 and the power supply assembly 5 can be separately arranged on a board, can also be arranged on the same board together, or can be arranged on the same board together with the backlight assembly, which can be set according to actual needs. Not limited.
  • the controller 4 and the power supply assembly 5 are jointly arranged on a board.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between the power supply component and the load in FIG. 2a.
  • the power supply component 30 includes an input terminal IN and an output terminal OUT (the first output terminal OUT1 and the second output terminal OUT2 are shown in the figure.
  • the third output terminal OUT3 ⁇ the fourth output terminal OUT4 and the fifth output terminal OUT5) where the input terminal IN is connected to an alternating current power supply AC (such as mains), and the output terminal OUT is connected to the load, for example, the first output terminal OUT1 Connected to the sound reproduction device, the second output terminal OUT2 is connected to the first panel 11/the second panel 21, the third output terminal OUT3 is connected to the first backlight assembly 12/the second backlight assembly 22, and the fourth output terminal OUT4 is connected to the first
  • the controller 14/the second controller 15 are connected, and the fifth output terminal OUT5 is connected with the first display driving circuit 16/the second display driving circuit 24.
  • the power supply assembly 30 needs to convert AC mains power into DC power required by the load, and the DC power usually has different specifications, for example, the audio component requires 18V, the first controller 14 requires 12V/18V, and so on.
  • This application can adopt a single power supply control structure, a dual power supply control structure, or a multi-power supply control structure.
  • a dual power supply control structure as an example.
  • FIG. 4 shows a specific introduction of a power supply architecture in this application.
  • the power supply assembly 30 may be mainly composed of a first power supply circuit 31 and a second power supply circuit 32 connected in parallel.
  • the structure of the first power supply circuit 31 and the second power supply circuit 32 are basically the same.
  • the first power supply circuit 31 is taken as an example to introduce the working principle in detail.
  • the first power supply circuit 31 may include a first rectification filter circuit, a first PFC circuit, and a first LLC circuit connected in sequence.
  • the first rectifying and filtering circuit may specifically include: a rectifying bridge and a filter.
  • the rectifying bridge is used to rectify the input AC power and input a full-wave signal to a power factor correction (PFC) circuit.
  • PFC power factor correction
  • an electromagnetic interference (Electromagnetic Interference, EMI) filter may be connected to perform high frequency filtering on the input AC power source.
  • EMI electromagnetic Interference
  • the first PFC circuit generally includes a PFC inductor, a switching power device, and a PFC control chip. It mainly performs power factor correction on the input AC power (Alternating Current, AC), and outputs a stable DC bus voltage to the first resonant converter (LLC) circuit. (Such as 380V).
  • the first PFC circuit can effectively improve the power factor of the power supply and ensure that the voltage and current are in the same phase.
  • the first LLC circuit may use a dual MOS tube LLC resonant conversion circuit, and may also include a pulse frequency modulation (Pulse frequency modulation, PFM) circuit, capacitors, inductors and other components.
  • PFM pulse frequency modulation
  • the first LLC circuit can specifically step down or step up the DC bus voltage input by the first PFC circuit, and output a constant voltage to the load.
  • the load may include the load as shown in FIG. 3.
  • the first LLC circuit can output a variety of different voltages to meet the needs of the load.
  • the first LLC circuit supplies power to the first controller 14, the first LLC circuit supplies power to the first backlight assembly 12, and so on.
  • the first controller 14 can also control the first LLC circuit to supply power (such as 12V or 12V) to the second controller 15, the first display drive circuit 16, the second display drive circuit 24, the keypad, and the second backlight assembly 22. 18V power supply voltage of equal magnitude) to ensure that each board can work.
  • power such as 12V or 12V
  • the first power supply circuit 31 may also include a first synchronous rectification circuit (not shown in the figure), which may include a transformer, a controller, two MOS transistors, and a diode.
  • the circuit can directly output a stable target voltage. , Such as 12V or 18V, etc. It is worth noting that the first synchronous rectification circuit can be provided separately or in the first LLC circuit.
  • the first power supply circuit 31 may also include a relay for controlling power supply to the second power supply circuit 32.
  • the second power supply circuit 32 may include a second rectification filter circuit, a second PFC circuit, and a second LLC circuit connected in sequence.
  • the AC power of the second power circuit 32 is derived from the first power circuit 31 or commercial power, and the second LLC circuit can realize the power supply of the first backlight assembly 12 and so on.
  • the second power supply circuit 32 further includes a second synchronous rectification circuit, wherein the second synchronous rectification circuit can refer to the implementation form of the first synchronous rectification circuit.
  • the arrows in FIG. 4 are all used to indicate that the power supply assembly 30 directly or indirectly supplies power to other components of the display device 200 except for the power supply assembly.
  • the first power supply circuit 31 can also output a first backlight indication signal to the first display driving circuit 16.
  • the second power supply circuit 32 may output a second backlight indication signal to the first display driving circuit 16.
  • the first backlight indication signal is used to instruct to turn on the backlight light source of the first area in the first display screen 201 (ie, the first panel 11).
  • the second backlight indication signal is used to instruct to turn on the backlight light source of the second area in the first display screen 201 (ie, the first panel 11).
  • the first area and the second area together constitute part or all of the area that can be displayed on the first display screen 201.
  • first hardware system one hardware system in the dual hardware system architecture
  • second hardware system the other hardware system
  • the first controller includes various processors of the first controller, various interfaces, and various circuits connected to the first controller through various interfaces
  • the second controller includes various processors of the second controller , Various interfaces, and various circuits connected to the second controller through various interfaces.
  • a relatively independent operating system may be installed in the first controller and the second controller, and the operating system of the first controller and the operating system of the second controller may communicate with each other through a communication protocol, for example: the first controller
  • the framework layer of the operating system of the second controller and the framework layer of the operating system of the second controller can communicate for command and data transmission, so that there are two independent but interrelated subsystems in the display device 200.
  • FIG. 5 is only an exemplary description of the dual hardware system architecture of the present application, and does not represent a limitation to the present application. In practical applications, both hardware systems can contain more or less hardware or interfaces as required.
  • Fig. 5 exemplarily shows a block diagram of the hardware architecture of the display device 200 shown in Fig. 2a.
  • the hardware system of the display device 200 includes a first controller 210 (ie, the first controller 14 in FIG. 2a) and a second controller 310 (ie, the second controller 15 in FIG. 2a). And circuits connected to the first controller 210 or the second controller 310 through various interfaces.
  • the first controller 210 mainly implements traditional TV functions (for example, an external set-top box, etc.), and can control the first display screen 280 (ie, the first display screen 201 in FIG. 1) to display corresponding image content.
  • the second controller 310 may be used to receive instructions sent by the first controller 210, and control the second display screen 380 (ie, the second display screen 202 in FIG. 1) to display corresponding image content.
  • the circuit connected to the first controller 210 may include a tuner and demodulator 220, a communicator 230, an external device interface 250, a memory 290, a user input interface 260-3, a video processor 260-1, an audio processor 260-2, The first display screen 280 (ie, the first display screen 201 in FIG. 2a), the audio output interface 270, and the power supply circuit 240.
  • the first controller 210 may also include more or less circuits connected.
  • the tuner and demodulator 220 is used to perform modulation and demodulation processing such as amplification, mixing, and resonance on the broadcast and television signals received through wired or wireless methods, so as to demodulate the user’s information from multiple wireless or cable broadcast and television signals. Select the audio and video signals carried in the frequency of the TV channel, as well as additional information (such as EPG data signals).
  • the signal path of the tuner and demodulator 220 can have many kinds, such as: terrestrial broadcasting, cable broadcasting, satellite broadcasting or Internet broadcasting, etc.; and according to different modulation types, the signal adjustment method can be digitally modulated The method may also be an analog modulation method; and according to different types of received television signals, the tuner demodulator 220 may demodulate analog signals and/or digital signals.
  • the tuner and demodulator 220 is also used to respond to the TV channel frequency selected by the user and the TV signal carried by the frequency according to the user's selection and control by the first controller 210.
  • the tuner demodulator 220 may also be in an external device, such as an external set-top box.
  • the set-top box outputs TV audio and video signals through modulation and demodulation, and inputs them to the display device 200 through the external device interface 250.
  • the communicator 230 is a component for communicating with external devices or external servers according to various communication protocol types.
  • the communicator 230 may include a WIFI circuit 231, a Bluetooth communication protocol circuit 232, a wired Ethernet communication protocol circuit 233, and an infrared communication protocol circuit and other network communication protocol circuits or near field communication protocol circuits (not shown in the figure).
  • the display device 200 may establish a control signal and a data signal connection with an external control device or content providing device through the communicator 230.
  • the communicator may receive a control signal of the remote controller 100 according to the control of the first controller 210.
  • the external device interface 250 is a component that provides data transmission between the first controller 210 and the second controller 310 or other external devices.
  • the external device interface 250 can be connected to external devices such as set-top boxes, game devices, notebook computers, etc. in a wired/wireless manner, and can receive external devices such as video signals (such as moving images), audio signals (such as music), and additional information (such as EPG) and other data.
  • the external device interface 250 may include: a high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI) terminal is also called HDMI 251, a composite video blanking synchronization (CVBS) terminal is also called AV 252, and an analog or digital component terminal is also called component 253. , Any one or more of universal serial bus (USB) terminals 254, red, green and blue (RGB) terminals (not shown in the figure), etc. This application does not limit the number and types of external device interfaces.
  • HDMI high-definition multimedia interface
  • CVBS composite video blanking synchronization
  • AV 253 an analog or digital component terminal
  • USB universal serial bus
  • RGB red, green and blue
  • the first controller 210 controls the work of the display device 200 and responds to user operations by running various software control programs (such as an operating system and/or various application programs) stored on the memory 290.
  • various software control programs such as an operating system and/or various application programs
  • the first controller 210 includes a read-only memory RAM 213, a random access memory ROM 214, a graphics processor 216, a CPU processor 212, a communication interface 218, and a communication bus.
  • the RAM 213 and the ROM 214, the graphics processor 216, the CPU processor 212, and the communication interface 218 are connected by a bus.
  • the graphics processor 216 is used to generate various graphics objects, such as icons, operation menus, and user input instructions to display graphics. Including an arithmetic unit, which performs operations by receiving various interactive commands input by the user, and displays various objects according to the display attributes. It also includes a renderer, which generates various objects obtained based on the arithmetic unit, and displays the result of the rendering on the first display screen 280.
  • the CPU processor 212 is configured to execute operating system and application program instructions stored in the memory 290. And according to receiving various interactive instructions input from the outside, to execute various application programs, data and content, so as to finally display and play various audio and video content.
  • the CPU processor 212 may include multiple processors.
  • the multiple processors may include one main processor and multiple or one sub-processors.
  • the main processor is used to perform some operations of the display device 200 in the pre-power-on mode, and/or to display images in the normal mode.
  • the communication interface 218 may include a first interface 218-1 to an nth interface 218-n. These interfaces may be network interfaces connected to external devices via a network.
  • the first controller 210 may control operations of the display device 200 related to the first display screen 280. For example, in response to receiving a user command for selecting a UI object to be displayed on the first display screen 280, the first control screen 210 may perform an operation related to the object selected by the user command.
  • the first controller 210 may control the operation of the display device 200 related to the second display screen 380. For example, in response to receiving a user command for selecting a UI object to be displayed on the second display screen 380, the first control screen 210 may perform an operation related to the object selected by the user command.
  • the object may be any one of the selectable objects, such as a hyperlink or an icon.
  • Operations related to the selected object for example: display operations connected to hyperlink pages, documents, images, etc., or perform operations corresponding to the icon.
  • the user command for selecting the UI object may be a command input through various input devices (e.g., mouse, keyboard, touch pad, etc.) connected to the display device 200 or a voice command corresponding to the voice spoken by the user.
  • the memory 290 includes storing various software circuits for driving and controlling the display device 200.
  • various software circuits stored in the memory 290 include: basic circuits, detection circuits, communication circuits, display control circuits, browser circuits, and various service circuits (not shown in the figure).
  • the basic circuit is a low-level software circuit used for signal communication between various hardware in the display device 200 and sending processing and control signals to the upper-level circuit.
  • the detection circuit is a management circuit used to collect various information from various sensors or user input interfaces, and perform digital-to-analog conversion, analysis and management.
  • the voice recognition circuit includes a voice analysis circuit and a voice command database circuit.
  • the display control circuit is a circuit for controlling the first display screen 280 to display image content, and can be used to play information such as multimedia image content and UI interfaces.
  • the communication circuit is a circuit used for control and data communication with external devices.
  • the browser circuit is a circuit used to perform data communication between browsing servers.
  • the service circuit is a circuit used to provide various services and various applications.
  • the memory 290 is also used to store and receive external data and user data, images of various items in various user interfaces, and visual effect diagrams of focus objects, and the like.
  • the user input interface 260-3 is used to send a user's input signal to the first controller 210, or to transmit a signal output from the first controller 210 to the user.
  • the control device (such as a mobile terminal or a remote control) can send input signals input by the user, such as a power switch signal, a channel selection signal, and a volume adjustment signal, to the user input interface, and then forward the input signal to the user input interface 260-3.
  • the first controller 210; or, the control device may receive output signals such as audio, video, or data output from the user input interface 260-3 processed by the first controller 210, and display the received output signal or output the received output signal It is in the form of audio or vibration.
  • the user may input a user command on a graphical user interface (GUI) displayed on the first display screen 280, and the user input interface 260-3 receives the user input command through the graphical user interface (GUI).
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the user may input a user command by inputting a specific sound or gesture, and the user input interface 260-3 recognizes the sound or gesture through a sensor to receive the user input command.
  • the video processor 260-1 is used to receive video signals, and perform video data processing such as decompression, decoding, scaling, noise reduction, frame rate conversion, resolution conversion, and image synthesis according to the standard codec protocol of the input signal.
  • the video signal is directly displayed or played on the first display screen 280.
  • the video processor 260-1 includes a demultiplexing circuit, a video decoding circuit, an image synthesis circuit, a frame rate conversion circuit, a display formatting circuit, etc. (not shown in the figure).
  • the demultiplexing circuit is used to demultiplex the input audio and video data stream. For example, if MPEG-2 is input, the demultiplexing circuit will demultiplex into a video signal and an audio signal.
  • the video decoding circuit is used to process the demultiplexed video signal, including decoding and scaling.
  • An image synthesis circuit such as an image synthesizer, is used to superimpose and mix the GUI signal generated by the graphics generator with the zoomed video image according to user input or itself to generate an image signal for display.
  • Frame rate conversion circuit used to convert the frame rate of the input video, such as converting the frame rate of the input 24Hz, 25Hz, 30Hz, 60Hz video to the frame rate of 60Hz, 120Hz or 240Hz, where the input frame rate can be the same as the source
  • the video stream is related, and the output frame rate can be related to the refresh rate of the display device.
  • the display formatting circuit is used to change the signal output by the frame rate conversion circuit into a signal conforming to the display format of a display device, for example, format the signal output by the frame rate conversion circuit to output RGB data signals.
  • the first display screen 280 is used to receive the image signal input from the video processor 260-1, display video content and images, and the menu control interface.
  • the first display screen 280 includes a display screen component for presenting images and driving image display Drive components.
  • the displayed video content can be from the video in the broadcast signal received by the tuner and demodulator 220, or from the video content input by the communicator or the interface of an external device.
  • the first display screen 280 simultaneously displays a user manipulation interface UI generated in the display device 200 and used to control the display device 200.
  • the first display screen 280 also includes a driving component for driving the display.
  • the first display screen 280 is a projection display screen, it may also include a projection device and a projection screen.
  • the audio processor 260-2 is used to receive audio signals, and perform decompression and decoding according to the standard codec protocol of the input signal, as well as audio data processing such as noise reduction, digital-to-analog conversion, and amplification processing, so that it can be played in the speaker 272 Audio signal.
  • the audio output interface 270 is used to receive the audio signal output by the audio processor 260-2 under the control of the first controller 210.
  • the audio output interface may include a speaker 272, or output to an external audio output terminal 274 of a generator of an external device , Such as: external audio terminal or headphone output terminal, etc.
  • the video processor 260-1 may include one or more chips.
  • the audio processor 260-2 may also include one or more chips.
  • the video processor 260-1 and the audio processor 260-2 may be separate chips, or may be integrated with the first controller 210 in one or more chips.
  • the power supply circuit 240 is configured to provide power supply support for the display device 200 with power input from an external power supply under the control of the first controller 210.
  • the power supply circuit 240 may include a built-in power supply circuit installed inside the display device 200, or may be a power supply installed outside the display device 200, such as a power interface for providing an external power supply in the display device 200.
  • the circuit connected to the second controller 310 may include a communicator 330, a detector 340, a memory 390, and a second display screen 380 (ie, the second display in FIG. Display 202). In some embodiments, it may also include a user input interface, a video processor, an audio processor, and an audio output interface (not shown in the figure). In some embodiments, there may also be a power supply circuit (not shown in the figure) that independently supplies power to the second controller 310.
  • the communicator 330 is a component for communicating with external devices or external servers according to various communication protocol types.
  • the communicator 330 may include a WIFI circuit 331, a Bluetooth communication protocol circuit 332, a wired Ethernet communication protocol circuit 333, and an infrared communication protocol circuit and other network communication protocol circuits or near field communication protocol circuits (not shown in the figure).
  • the communicator 330 of the second controller 310 and the communicator 230 of the first controller 210 also interact with each other.
  • the WiFi circuit 231 in the hardware system of the first controller 210 is used to connect to an external network, and to generate network communication with an external server or the like.
  • the WiFi circuit 331 in the hardware system of the second controller 310 is used to connect to the WiFi circuit 231 of the first controller 210 without direct connection with the external network, etc., and the second controller 310 connects to the external network through the first controller 210 . Therefore, for the user, a display device as in the above embodiment may display a WiFi account to the outside.
  • the detector 340 is a component used by the second controller 310 to collect signals from the external environment or interact with the outside.
  • the detector 340 may include a light receiver 342, a sensor used to collect the intensity of ambient light, which can adaptively display parameter changes by collecting ambient light, etc.; it may also include an image collector 341, such as a camera, a camera, etc., which can be used to collect external
  • the environment scene, as well as the user's attributes or gestures used to interact with the user can adaptively change the display parameters, and can also recognize the user's gestures to achieve the function of interaction with the user.
  • the external device interface 350 provides a component for data transmission between the second controller 310 and the first controller 210 or other external devices.
  • the external device interface can be connected to external devices such as set-top boxes, game devices, notebook computers, etc., in a wired/wireless manner.
  • the video processor 360 is used to process related video signals.
  • the second controller 310 controls the work of the display device 200 and responds to the user by running various software control programs (such as installed third-party applications, etc.) stored on the memory 390 and interacting with the first controller 210. Operation.
  • software control programs such as installed third-party applications, etc.
  • the second controller 310 includes a read-only memory ROM 313, a random access memory RAM 314, a graphics processor 316, a CPU processor 312, a communication interface 318, and a communication bus.
  • the ROM 313 and the RAM 314, the graphics processor 316, the CPU processor 312, and the communication interface 318 are connected by a bus.
  • the CPU processor 312 runs the system startup instruction in the ROM, and copies the operating system stored in the memory 390 to the RAM 314 to start the operating system. After the operating system is started, the CPU processor 312 copies the various application programs in the memory 390 to the RAM 314, and then starts to run and start the various application programs.
  • the CPU processor 312 is used to execute operating system and application instructions stored in the memory 390, communicate with the first controller 210, transmit and interact with signals, data, instructions, etc., and receive various interactive instructions from external inputs. , To execute a variety of applications, data and content, in order to finally display and play a variety of audio and video content.
  • the second controller 310 may control operations of the display device 200 related to the second display screen 380. For example, in response to receiving a user command for selecting a UI object to be displayed on the second display screen 380, the second controller 310 may perform an operation related to the object selected by the user command.
  • the second controller 310 may control the operation of the display device 200 related to the first display screen 280. For example, in response to receiving a user command for selecting a UI object to be displayed on the first display screen 280, the first controller 210 may perform an operation related to the object selected by the user command.
  • the graphics processor 316 is used to generate various graphics objects, such as icons, operation menus, and user input instructions to display graphics. Including an arithmetic unit, which performs operations by receiving various interactive commands input by the user, and displays various objects according to the display attributes. It also includes a renderer, which generates various objects obtained based on the arithmetic unit, and displays the result of the rendering on the second display screen 380.
  • Both the graphics processor 316 of the second controller 310 and the graphics processor 216 of the first controller 210 can generate various graphics objects. Differentily, if application 1 is installed in the second controller 310 and application 2 is installed in the first controller 210, when the user is on the interface of application 1, and the user inputs instructions in the application 1, the second controller 310 The graphics processor 316 generates graphics objects. When the user is on the interface of the application 2 and performs the user-input instruction in the application 2, the graphics processor 216 of the first controller 210 generates a graphic object.
  • Fig. 6 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a functional configuration of a display device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the memory 390 of the second controller 310 and the memory 290 of the first controller 210 are respectively used to store an operating system, application programs, content, and user data. Under the control of 210, the system operation of driving the first display screen 280 and the second display screen 380 and responding to various operations of the user are executed.
  • the memory 390 of the second controller 310 and the memory 290 of the first controller 210 may include volatile and/or nonvolatile memory.
  • the memory 290 is specifically used to store the operating program of the first controller 210 in the driving display device 200, and store various application programs built in the display device 200, and various application programs downloaded by the user from an external device , And various graphical user interfaces related to the application, as well as various objects related to the graphical user interface, user data information, and various internal data supporting the application.
  • the memory 290 is used to store system software such as an operating system (OS) kernel, middleware, and applications, as well as to store input video data and audio data, and other user data.
  • OS operating system
  • the memory 290 is specifically used to store driver programs and related data such as the video processor 260-1 and the audio processor 260-2, the first display screen 280, the communicator 230, the tuner and demodulator 220, and the input/output interface.
  • the memory 290 may store software and/or programs.
  • the software programs used to represent an operating system (OS) include, for example, kernels, middleware, application programming interfaces (APIs), and/or application programs.
  • OS operating system
  • the kernel may control or manage system resources, or functions implemented by other programs (such as the middleware, API, or application program), and the kernel may provide interfaces to allow middleware and APIs, or applications to access the controller , In order to achieve control or management of system resources.
  • the memory 290 includes a broadcast receiving circuit 2901, a channel control circuit 2902, a volume control circuit 2903, an image control circuit 2904, a display control circuit 2905, a first audio control circuit 2906, an external command recognition circuit 2907, a communication control circuit 2908, The light receiving circuit 2909, the power control circuit 2910, the operating system 2911, and other application programs 2912, the browser circuit 2913, and so on.
  • the first controller 210 executes various software programs in the memory 290 such as: broadcast and television signal reception and demodulation function, TV channel selection control function, volume selection control function, image control function, display control function, audio control function, Various functions such as external command recognition function, communication control function, optical signal receiving function, power control function, software control platform supporting various functions, and browser function.
  • various software programs in the memory 290 such as: broadcast and television signal reception and demodulation function, TV channel selection control function, volume selection control function, image control function, display control function, audio control function, Various functions such as external command recognition function, communication control function, optical signal receiving function, power control function, software control platform supporting various functions, and browser function.
  • the memory 390 includes storing various software circuits for driving and controlling the display device 200.
  • various software circuits stored in the memory 390 include: basic circuits, detection circuits, communication circuits, display control circuits, browser circuits, and various service circuits (not shown in the figure). Since the functions of the memory 390 and the memory 290 are relatively similar, please refer to the memory 290 for related parts, which will not be repeated here.
  • the memory 390 includes an image control circuit 3904, a second audio control circuit 3906, an external command recognition circuit 3907, a communication control circuit 3908, a light receiving circuit 3909, an operating system 3911, and other application programs 3912, a browser circuit 3913, etc. .
  • the first controller 210 executes various software programs in the memory 290 such as: image control function, display control function, audio control function, external command recognition function, communication control function, light signal receiving function, power control function, support Various functions such as software control platform and browser functions.
  • the external command recognition circuit 2907 of the first controller 210 and the external command recognition circuit 3907 of the second controller 310 can recognize different commands.
  • the external command recognition circuit 3907 of the second controller 310 may include a pattern recognition circuit 2907-1, and the pattern recognition circuit 3907-1 stores a pattern. Database, when the camera receives graphics instructions from the outside world, it will correspond to the instructions in the graphics database to control the display device. Since the voice receiving device and the remote controller are connected to the first controller 210, the external command recognition circuit 2907 of the first controller 210 may include a voice recognition circuit 2907-2, and a voice database is stored in the voice recognition circuit 2907-2. When the voice receiving device or the like receives a voice instruction from the outside world, it corresponds to the instruction in the voice database to control the display device. Similarly, the control device 100 such as a remote controller is connected to the first controller 210, and the key command recognition circuit 2907-3 interacts with the control device 100 in command.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the display device 700 of the present application may include: a display screen 701, a backlight assembly 702, a power supply assembly 703, a TCON circuit 704, a backlight drive circuit 705, and a controller 706.
  • the power supply assembly 703 may be provided with a first power supply.
  • the power supply component 703 may also be provided with a power supply switching circuit 7033.
  • the input end of the first power supply circuit 7031 is connected to a power supply device, and the input end of the first power supply circuit 7031 is also connected to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033.
  • the display device 700 may be the display device 200 in FIG. 1, such as a liquid crystal display, or may be other forms of display devices, which is not limited in this application.
  • the display device 700 may include one display screen or multiple display screens, which is not limited in this application. For example, when there are two display screens in the display device 700, the two display screens may be the first display screen 201 and the second display screen 202 in FIG. 1.
  • the display screen 701 may be any one of the display devices 700 for displaying image content, and the implementation form of the display screen 701 is not limited in this application.
  • the display screen 701 may be the first display screen 280 in FIG. 5, and may be set on the first display screen 201 mentioned above.
  • the display screen 701 may also be the second display screen 380 in FIG. 5, and may be provided on the second display screen 202 mentioned above.
  • the backlight assembly 702 is the first backlight assembly 12 or the second backlight assembly 22 mentioned above, and the specific implementation form of the backlight assembly 702 is not limited in this application.
  • the backlight assembly 702 is used to provide a backlight light source to the display screen 701 so that the display screen 701 can display image content.
  • the power supply component 703 is used to provide power to the display device 700, and the power supply component 703 may include a first power supply circuit 7031 and a second power supply circuit 7032.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032 may be arranged on one board, or may be separately arranged on different boards, which is not limited in this application.
  • the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 needs to be very bright. Therefore, in the present application, the first power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032 are respectively used to supply power to the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702, so that the backlight light source reaches the required brightness, and ensures that the display device 700 has a higher picture quality.
  • the backlight light source may include, but is not limited to, a light emitting diode (LED) or a cold cathode fluorescent lamp (Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp, CCFL) and other backlight strips.
  • LED light emitting diode
  • CCFL Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp
  • the display device 200 adopts a thousand-level backlight zone control based on the screen content.
  • the present application divides the display area of the display screen 701 into a first area and a second area. And this application does not limit the division of the display area.
  • the first area is located in the upper half of the displayable area of the display screen 701, and the second area is located in the lower half of the displayable area of the display screen 701.
  • the first area is located in the left half of the displayable area of the display screen 701, and the second area is located in the right half of the displayable area of the display screen 701.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 is similar to the function of the first power supply circuit 31 mentioned above.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 can be provided on the power supply assembly 30 shown in FIG. 2a to provide information to the controller 706 and the second power supply circuit 7032.
  • the backlight driving circuit 705 and the backlight light source located in the first area in the backlight assembly 702 supply power.
  • the first power circuit 7031 can also transmit a first backlight indication signal (not shown in FIG. 7) to the backlight driving circuit 705, and the first backlight indication signal is used to instruct the backlight driving circuit 705 to turn on the backlight light source of the first area.
  • the first power circuit 7031 supplies power to the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly 702, which is achieved by the first power circuit 7031 providing the backlight driving circuit 705 with the power required by the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly 702 ⁇ (not shown in Figure 7).
  • this application does not limit the specific implementation form of the first power supply circuit 7031.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 can also supply power to a sound reproduction device (not shown in FIG. 7) such as an audio component in the display device 700.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 has similar functions to the second power supply circuit 32 mentioned above.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 can be provided on the power supply assembly 30 shown in FIG.
  • the backlight light source in the second area supplies power.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 can also transmit a second backlight instruction signal (not shown in FIG. 7) to the backlight drive circuit 705, and the second backlight instruction signal is used to instruct the backlight drive circuit 705 to turn on the backlight light source in the second area,
  • the first area and the second area together constitute part or all of the area that can be displayed on the display screen 701.
  • the second power circuit 7032 supplies power to the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly 702, which is achieved by providing the backlight assembly 702 with the power required by the backlight drive circuit 705 through the second power circuit 7032 (not shown in FIG. 7). ).
  • this application does not limit the specific implementation form of the second power supply circuit 7032.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 can also supply power to a sound reproduction device (not shown in FIG. 7) such as an audio component in the display device 700.
  • the controller 706 may be the first controller 210 mentioned above, or other system-on-chip (SOC), and the specific implementation form of the controller 706 is not limited in this application. And the controller 706 can transmit a backlight driving signal to the backlight driving circuit 705 (signal 3 is used for illustration in FIG. 7), so that the backlight driving circuit 705 can control the overall brightness and local brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 based on the backlight driving signal. Backlight effect.
  • SOC system-on-chip
  • the backlight drive signal may include a PWM signal and a Localdimming signal.
  • the PWM signal is used to control the overall brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702, and the Localdimming signal is used to control the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 based on the image content displayed on the display screen 701. Local brightness.
  • the PWM signal can be indirectly sent by the controller 706 to the backlight driving circuit 705 through the first power supply circuit 7031, or directly sent by the controller 706 to the backlight driving circuit 705. In order to ensure that the Localdimming signal is not interfered by other signals, the Localdimming signal is usually sent directly by the controller 706 to the backlight driving circuit 705.
  • the TCON circuit 704 may be provided in the first display driving circuit 16 mentioned above, and the specific implementation form of the TCON circuit 704′ is not limited in this application.
  • the TCON circuit 704 can prepare the data to be displayed for the display screen 701, and present image content for driving the display screen 701.
  • the TCON circuit 704 after power supply can shake hands with the controller 706.
  • the TCON circuit 704 can receive the VbyOne display signal from the controller 706, and can convert the VbyOne display signal into an LVDS signal, and with the cooperation of the backlight driving circuit 705, the corresponding image content can be displayed on the display screen 701.
  • the backlight driving circuit 705 may be provided in the first display driving circuit 16 mentioned above, and the specific implementation form of the backlight driving circuit 705 is not limited in this application.
  • the backlight driving circuit 705 can provide power to the backlight assembly 702 to turn on the backlight light source according to the first backlight instruction signal and the second backlight instruction signal, and can control the brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 according to the backlight drive signal.
  • the standby power consumption of the display device 700 is among the power consumption of the display screen 701, the backlight assembly 702, the power supply assembly 703 (the first power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032), the TCON circuit 704, the backlight drive circuit 705, and the controller 706 with.
  • the standby power consumption of the display device 700 mainly includes the sum of the power consumption of the first power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032.
  • the display device 700 After the AC power supply AC provided by the power supply device is powered on, the display device 700 enters the standby mode. At this time, based on the connection of the input terminal of the first power supply circuit 7031 with the power supply device, the first power supply circuit 7031 is energized and starts to work. And because in the standby mode of the display device 700, the display screen 701, the backlight assembly 702, the TCON circuit 704, the backlight drive circuit 705, and the controller 706 hardly work and the load is small, therefore, the first power supply circuit 7031 will enter the frequency hopping Mode in order to meet the power demand of a smaller load, so that the power consumption of the first power supply circuit 7031 is minimized.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 since the input terminal of the second power supply circuit 7032 is not connected to the power supply device, the second power supply circuit 7032 is not powered on, or the controller 706 may control the second power supply circuit 7032 to be powered off.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 based on that the input terminal of the first power supply circuit 7031 is connected to the input terminal of the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, the second power supply circuit 7032 needs to rely on the controller 706 to turn off the power supply switching circuit 7033, Only then can it be disconnected from the power supply device, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 is not energized and cannot start working. Therefore, the power consumption of the second power supply circuit 7032 is the smallest, and thus, the standby power of the display device 700 is the smallest, so that the standby power of the display device 700 is reduced.
  • the controller 706 can control the first power supply circuit 7031 to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 so that the second power supply circuit 7032 can supply power to the remaining components in the display device.
  • the controller 706 may turn on the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the first power supply circuit 7031 supplies power to the second power supply circuit 7032, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 conducts and starts to work.
  • the power supply assembly 30 in order to enable the display device 200 to have a higher picture quality and brightness index, the display device 200 needs to provide a larger power to the backlight assembly. Therefore, when the display device 200 uses a larger overall power in the present application, the power supply assembly 30 usually adopts a dual power supply architecture for power supply.
  • the dual power supply architecture may include the first power supply circuit 31 and the second power supply circuit connected in parallel in FIG. 4 32 to meet the power supply requirements and picture quality of the display device 200.
  • the overall power required by the display device 200 is 700W
  • the power supply assembly 30 uses two single boards placed in parallel to output 350W respectively.
  • the present application provides a display device that can control the startup sequence of the first power circuit and the second power circuit, which can not only solve the problem of large standby power consumption, but also ensure that the display device has high picture quality. Make the brightness index of the display device meet the display demand.
  • the controller can control the first power circuit to supply power to the second power circuit, so that the second power circuit can provide power to the display device, facilitating the use of the display device.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 after startup is based on the first power supply pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 (represented by the number 31 in FIG. 7) and the power supply pin of the controller 706 (by the number 11 in FIG. 7). Indicates the connection between), which can supply power to the controller 706, so that the controller 706 can work normally.
  • the powered controller 706 can control the first power supply circuit 7031, based on the second power supply pin (represented by the number 32 in FIG. 7) of the first power supply circuit 7031 and the first power supply pin ( 7 in FIG. 7 denoted by the number 21), the backlight driving circuit 705 starts to provide power to the backlight light source located in the first area in the backlight assembly 702, so that the backlight light source located in the first area in the backlight assembly 702 can be turned on.
  • the powered controller 706 can also control the power supply device or the first power supply circuit 7031 to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 starts to start. Therefore, the activated second power supply circuit 7032 is based on the power supply pin of the second power supply circuit 7032 (represented by the number 33 in FIG. 7) and the second power supply pin of the backlight driving circuit 705 (represented by the number 22 in FIG. 7) With the connection between, the backlight driving circuit 705 can start to supply power to the backlight light source located in the second area in the backlight assembly 702, so that the backlight light source located in the second area in the backlight assembly 702 can be turned on.
  • the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 is powered by the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032, which increases the power supply of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702, so that the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 has a higher brightness and improves The picture quality of the display device 700 is improved.
  • the first power circuit when the display device is powered on, the first power circuit can be powered on and start to work, and the second power circuit is not powered on and cannot start to work, so that the display device enters a standby mode and saves the standby power of the display device.
  • the controller can control the first power supply circuit to provide the backlight driving circuit with the power of the backlight power supply located in the first area of the backlight assembly.
  • the controller can control the second power supply circuit to provide the backlight drive circuit with the backlight in the second area of the backlight assembly With the power of the power source, the first area and the second area constitute the display area of the display screen, so that the backlight assembly can turn on the backlight light source under the power of the first power circuit and the second power circuit.
  • the standby power consumption of the display device is saved, and the power of the first power circuit and the second power circuit to the backlight power supply in the backlight assembly is realized.
  • the power supply process of the dual power supply to the backlight assembly is improved, the power supply of the display device is increased, the brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly is ensured, the backlight effect of the display device is guaranteed, and the picture quality of the display device is improved.
  • the first power supply circuit 31 and the second power supply circuit 32 are respectively connected to the power supply equipment (the AC power supply AC input in Figure 4 is provided by the power supply equipment, and the power supply equipment is not shown in Figure 4) at the front end positions (As shown in Figure 4, the connection between the AC power supply AC and the first rectifier filter circuit and the connection between the relay and the second rectifier filter circuit) is usually provided with a thermistor, and the thermistor is connected in series with the live wire (L) or the neutral wire (N). )on.
  • the thermistor When the display device 200 is powered on, the thermistor can achieve current limiting, and the thermistor will pass the corresponding surge current generated by the first power circuit 31 or the second power circuit 32, avoiding the impact of the surge current. The influence caused by the back-end components such as the rectifier circuit and the electrolytic capacitor in the first power circuit 31 or the second power circuit 32. However, when the power supply assembly 30 works normally at a relatively high power, the thermistor will pass a relatively large current, which may easily cause the thermistor to overheat and be damaged.
  • the display device 700 of the present application can not only solve the problem of large standby power consumption and achieve higher picture quality and brightness indicators of the display device 700, but also can achieve current limiting through the thermistor, so that the power supply component
  • the generated surge current can pass through the thermistor to protect the first power circuit and the second power circuit.
  • the thermistor can be short-circuited to avoid large The phenomenon that the current passes through the thermistor and damages the thermistor, which prolongs the service life of the thermistor.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 is connected to the power supply device, and the first power supply circuit 7031 is powered on and starts to work, while the second power supply circuit 7032 is not powered on.
  • the display device 700 enters the standby mode, the strobe (STB) pin of the controller 706 is at the first level at this time, and the STB pin of the controller 706 and the STB pin of the first power circuit 7031 The pins are connected so that the STB pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 is also at the first level.
  • STB strobe
  • the power consumption on the controller 706 is minimal, and the first power supply circuit 7031 enters the frequency hopping mode to meet the power demand of a smaller load.
  • the power consumption of the first power supply circuit 7031 is minimized, and the second power supply circuit 7032 is not energized, so that the standby power of the display device 700 is minimized.
  • the current of the first power circuit 7031 is relatively small, and the first thermistor RT1 in the first power circuit 7031 (not shown in FIG. 7 and the first thermistor RT1 in FIG. 8
  • the resistor RT1 is connected in series on the live wire or the neutral wire of the power supply device for illustration) is connected in series between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit 7031. Therefore, at this time, the first power circuit 7031 does not need to short-circuit the first thermistor RT1, and the first power circuit 7031 needs to supply power to the controller 706.
  • the controller 706 outputs the first signal (ie STB signal) to the STB pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 through the STB pin of the controller 706, and the STB pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 is at the second level.
  • the first level and the second level are opposite in level.
  • the first level is the low level of the STB signal
  • the second level is the high level of the STB signal.
  • the first power circuit 7031 can control the first thermistor RT1 in the first power circuit 7031 to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first power circuit 7031 according to the first signal, so that the wave generated by the first power circuit 7031 is The inrush current passes through the first thermistor RT1 to protect the back-end components in the first power circuit 7031.
  • the first power supply pin (indicated by the number 31 in FIG. 7) of the first power supply circuit 7031 is connected to the power supply pin (indicated by the number 11 in FIG. 7) of the controller 706 to start normal power supply to the controller 706. , So that the controller 706 can work normally.
  • the second power supply pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 (indicated by the number 32 in FIG. 7) is connected to the first power supply pin (indicated by the number 21 in FIG. 7) of the backlight assembly 702 to start providing the backlight drive circuit 705
  • the power of the backlight light source located in the first area in the backlight assembly 702 makes the backlight driving circuit 705 ready to turn on the backlight light source.
  • the controller 706 can control the first power circuit 7031 to short-circuit the first thermistor RT1, so that no surge current is generated in the first power circuit 7031. Furthermore, the switch (SW) pin of the controller 706 can output a second signal (ie, SW signal) to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 through the connection with the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031.
  • SW switch
  • the first power circuit 7031 controls the first thermistor RT1 to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply device and the first power circuit 7031, short-circuits the first thermistor RT1, and disconnects the first thermistor RT1.
  • the first thermistor RT1 not only protects the first power supply circuit 7031, but also does not damage itself due to overheating.
  • the second signal may be a high level or a low level, which is not limited in this application.
  • the STB pin of the controller 706, the power supply pin of the controller 706, and the SW pin of the controller 706 may use one or more input or output ports.
  • the STB pin of the first power circuit 7031, the power supply pin of the first power circuit 7031, and the SW pin of the first power circuit 7031 may use one or more input or output ports.
  • the first power supply circuit needs to supply power to the controller.
  • the first power supply circuit can receive the first signal from the controller, so that the first power supply circuit can control the first thermistor to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first power supply according to the first signal.
  • the first power supply circuit respectively supplies power to the controller and provides power to the backlight drive circuit of the backlight assembly and the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly.
  • the first power circuit can control the first thermistor to be short-circuited between the power supply device and the first power circuit to short-circuit the first thermistor and prevent the first thermistor Damaged by overheating, it plays a role in protecting the first thermistor. In this way, the first thermistor not only plays a role in protecting the first power circuit, but also does not damage itself due to overheating.
  • control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 (indicated by the letter K in FIG. 7) can be connected to the first power circuit 7031, can also be connected to the controller 706, and can also be connected to the first power circuit 7031 and the controller 706 respectively. Connection, this application does not limit this.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 may receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit 7031 or the controller 706 after power supply. In addition, the power supply switching circuit 7033 can control the first power supply circuit 7031 to supply the voltage input by the power supply device to the second power supply circuit 7032 according to the second signal.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 functions as a switch, which is used to implement the first power supply circuit 7031 to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 or to stop power supply.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be provided in the first power circuit 7031, in the second power circuit 7032, and can also be provided in the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032 at the same time, which is not limited in this application.
  • the SW pin of the second power circuit 7032 can be connected to the first power circuit 7031, can also be connected to the controller 706, and can also be connected to the first power circuit 7031 and the controller 706 respectively.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 may receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706.
  • the second thermistor RT2 in the second power supply circuit 7032 (not shown in FIG. 7; the second thermistor RT2 in FIG. 13 is connected in series with the live wire or the neutral wire of the power supply device). (Illustrated above) is connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032. Since the power supply switching circuit 7033 receives the second signal, the first power supply circuit 7031 can start supplying power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033.
  • this application records the moment when the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized as the first moment, that is, the first moment is when the first power circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power circuit 7032 and the second thermistor RT2 is connected in series during the power supply switch The time between the circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032.
  • the controller 706 needs to short-circuit the second thermistor RT2 in the second power circuit 7032 after the second power circuit 7032 is energized for a preset period of time.
  • This application starts from the first moment, and records the moment after the preset period of time has passed as the second moment. And at the second moment, the controller 706 can switch the second thermistor RT2 from the series connection between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 to the short-circuit connection by controlling the second power supply circuit 7032 according to the second signal. Between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power circuit 7032, the surge current generated in the second power circuit 7032 passes through the second thermistor RT2 to protect the back-end components of the second power circuit 7032.
  • the power supply pin of the second power supply circuit 7032 (represented by the number 33 in FIG. 7) is connected to the second power supply pin (represented by the number 22 in FIG. 7) of the backlight assembly 702 to start providing the backlight drive circuit 705
  • the power of the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly 702 makes the backlight driving circuit 705 ready to turn on the backlight light source.
  • both the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032 can provide the backlight driving circuit 705 with power of the backlight assembly 702, ensuring the backlight brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702, and improving the picture quality of the display device 700.
  • the power supply pin of the second power supply circuit 7032 and the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032 may use one or more input or output ports.
  • the second thermistor in the second power supply circuit is connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit.
  • the power supply switching circuit can control the first power supply circuit to supply the voltage input by the power supply device to the second power supply circuit according to the received second signal output by the first power supply circuit or the powered controller, so that the second power supply circuit is powered on and records the current The moment is the first moment. After the second power circuit is energized, the large electrolysis in the second power circuit needs to be charged from zero, and therefore, the second power circuit will generate a surge current.
  • the second power supply circuit can control the second thermistor to switch from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit to short-circuit connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit according to the second signal
  • the second thermistor is short-circuited to prevent the second thermistor from being overheated and damaged, to protect the second thermistor, and to make the surge current generated by the second power circuit pass through the second thermistor, Play the role of protecting the back-end components in the second power circuit.
  • the first power supply circuit can provide the backlight drive circuit with the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly
  • the second power supply circuit can provide the backlight drive circuit with power for the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly, so that the backlight drive circuit can turn on the backlight in the backlight assembly under the power of the first power circuit and the second power circuit
  • the light source ensures the backlight brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly, guarantees the backlight effect of the display device, and improves the picture quality of the display device.
  • the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032 supply power to the display device 700.
  • the process can include:
  • Step 1 After the AC power supply AC provided by the power supply device is powered on, the first power supply circuit 7031 is powered on and starts to work, and the second power supply circuit 7032 is not powered on and cannot start to work.
  • Step 2 After the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to work, the display device 700 enters a standby mode. At this time, the STB pin of the controller 706 is at a low level, and the STB pin of the controller 706 is connected to the STB pin of the first power circuit 7031, so that the STB pin of the first power circuit 7031 is at the STB signal level. Low level.
  • Step 3 Since the current of the first power supply circuit 7031 at this time is small and will not cause the first thermistor RT1 to heat up, the controller 706 changes the STB pin of the controller 706 to a high level, and the controller 706 outputs the first signal to the STB pin of the first power supply circuit 7031, so that the STB pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 is at the high level of the STB signal.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 can control the first thermistor RT1 to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit 7031 according to the high level of the STB signal, so that the surge current generated by the first power supply circuit 7031 passes
  • the first thermistor RT1 enables the first power circuit 7031 to provide the controller 706 and the backlight driving circuit 705 with power to the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly 702, so that the backlight driving circuit 705 is ready to turn on the backlight assembly 702 The backlight light source.
  • Step 5 When the backlight light source of the backlight assembly 702 is ready to be turned on, since the large electrolysis in the first power circuit 7031 has been fully charged before the first thermistor RT1 is short-circuited, there will be no generation in the first power circuit 7031. Inrush current. Furthermore, the controller 706 outputs the high level of the SW signal to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031.
  • the first power circuit 7031 controls the first thermistor RT1 to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply device and the first power circuit 7031, short-circuit the first thermistor RT1, and disconnect the first thermistor RT1.
  • the connection of the thermistor RT1 prevents the first thermistor RT1 from overheating and is damaged, and plays a role in protecting the first thermistor RT1. In this way, the first thermistor RT1 not only protects the first power supply circuit 7031, but also does not damage itself due to overheating.
  • Step 71 While the controller 706 outputs the high level of the SW signal to the first power supply circuit 7031, the controller 706 also sends the high level of the SW signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033.
  • Step 72 When the first power circuit 7031 receives the high level of the SW signal output by the controller 706, the first power circuit 7031 sends the high level of the SW signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033.
  • Step 8 According to the high level of the SW signal, the power supply switching circuit 7033 controls the first power circuit 7031 to start supplying the voltage input by the power supply device to the second power circuit 7032, and at the same time, the second power circuit 7032 is energized at the moment Recorded as the first moment.
  • the first time is the time when the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 and the second thermistor RT2 is connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032.
  • Step 9 Starting from the first moment, record the moment after the preset period of time as the second moment.
  • Step 10 After the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized, the large electrolysis in the second power supply circuit 7032 needs to be charged from zero, which causes the second power supply circuit 7032 to generate a surge current. Therefore, at the second moment, the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 to switch from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 to being short-circuited according to the high level of the SW signal. Between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, the surge current generated by the second power supply circuit 7032 passes through the second thermistor RT2 to protect the back-end components of the second power supply circuit 7032. The second power supply circuit 7032 can provide the backlight driving circuit 705 with power of the backlight light source located in the second area in the backlight assembly 702.
  • the high level of the SW signal can be directly output to the second power circuit 7032 by the controller 706 or the first power circuit 7031 without delay, or can be directly output to the controller 706 or the first power circuit 7031 after a preset period of time. Output from the second power supply circuit 7032.
  • the backlight driving circuit 705 can turn on the backlight light source of the backlight assembly 702 based on the electric energy provided by the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032.
  • the present application may divide the first power supply circuit 7031 into multiple parts.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 may include: a first resistance switching circuit 70311 and a first voltage conversion circuit 70312.
  • the control terminal of the first resistance switching circuit 70311 is connected to the STB pin/SW pin of the controller 706, and the first resistance switching circuit 70311 is connected in parallel between the first terminal and the second terminal of the first thermistor RT1 ,
  • the first terminal of the first thermistor RT1 is also connected to the power supply device, the second terminal of the first thermistor RT1 is connected to the input terminal of the first voltage conversion circuit 70312, and the first output terminal of the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 It is connected to the power supply pin of the controller 706 (ie, number 11 in FIG. 7), and the second output terminal of the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 is connected to the backlight driving circuit 705.
  • the first resistance switching circuit 70311 can receive the first signal from the controller 706. In addition, the first resistance switching circuit 70311 can control the first thermistor RT1 to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 according to the first signal, so that the first thermistor RT1 is normally connected.
  • the first resistance switching circuit 70311 may also receive a second signal from the controller 706 after the power is supplied. Furthermore, the first resistance switching circuit 70311 can control the first thermistor RT1 to be short-circuited between the power supply device and the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 according to the second signal, so that the first thermistor RT1 is short-circuited.
  • the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 can convert the voltage input by the power supply device and supply power to the controller 706 and the backlight driving circuit 705 respectively, so that the controller 706 and the backlight driving circuit 705 are energized, and the backlight driving circuit 705 is also energized.
  • the backlight light source located in the first area in the backlight assembly 702 is driven to implement subsequent operations.
  • the first resistance switching circuit 70311 and the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 may be an integrated chip, or may be a circuit composed of multiple components, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first resistance switching circuit 70311 may include: a third resistor R3, a third capacitor C3, a fourth resistor R4, a fifth resistor R5, a second transistor V2, a first resistor The capacitor C1, the third diode VD3 and the third relay K3.
  • the first end of the third resistor R3 and the fourth end of the third relay K3 are both connected to the controller 706, and the second end of the third resistor R3 is connected to the first end of the third capacitor C3 and the fifth resistor R5, respectively.
  • the first end is connected, the second end of the fifth resistor R5 is respectively connected to the first end of the fourth resistor R4 and the base of the second triode V2, and the collector of the second triode V2 is respectively connected to the first capacitor C1
  • the first terminal of the third diode VD3, the anode of the third diode VD3, and the first terminal of the third relay K3 are connected.
  • the second terminal of the first capacitor C1 and the cathode of the third diode VD3 are both connected to the fourth terminal of the third relay K3.
  • the second terminal of the third relay K3 is connected to the first terminal of the first thermistor RT1
  • the third terminal of the third relay K3 is connected to the second terminal of the first thermistor RT1
  • the third capacitor C3 The second end, the second end of the fourth resistor R4 and the emitter of the second triode V2 are all grounded.
  • the implementation of the first resistance switching circuit 70311 is not limited to the above specific structure.
  • the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 may include: a first electromagnetic interference (EMI) circuit 70312a, a first rectification filter circuit 70312b, the first PFC circuit 70312c, and the first LLC circuit 70312d.
  • EMI electromagnetic interference
  • the input terminal of the first electromagnetic interference circuit 70312a is respectively connected to the output terminal of the first resistance switching circuit 70311 and the second terminal of the first thermistor RT1, and the output terminal of the first electromagnetic interference circuit 70312a is connected to the first rectifier filter circuit.
  • the input terminal of 70312b is connected, the output terminal of the first rectification filter circuit 70312b is connected with the input terminal of the first PFC circuit 70312c, the output terminal of the first PFC circuit 70312c is connected with the input terminal of the first LLC circuit 70312d, and the first LLC circuit 70312d
  • the output terminals of are respectively connected to the controller 706 and the backlight driving circuit 705.
  • the large electrolysis is usually provided in the first rectification filter circuit 70312b.
  • the specific structures of the first rectifying and filtering circuit 70312b, the first PFC circuit 70312c, and the first LLC circuit 70312d can be referred to the description of the embodiment in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
  • the implementation manner of the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 is not limited to the above specific structure.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 may be an integrated chip or a circuit composed of multiple components, which is not limited in this application.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 may include: a fourth capacitor C4, a first diode VD1, a first relay K1, and a fuse F.
  • the first terminal of the fourth capacitor C4, the cathode of the first diode VD1, and the fourth terminal of the first relay K1 are all connected to the SW pin of the controller 706 or the first power circuit 7031, and the first relay K1
  • the third end is connected to the first end of the fuse F
  • the second end of the fuse F is connected to the second power supply circuit 7032
  • the second end of the first relay K1 is connected to the power supply device and the first power supply circuit 7031 respectively
  • the first relay K1 The first terminal of, the anode of the first diode VD1 and the second terminal of the fourth capacitor C4 are all grounded.
  • the fuse F is the fuse on the mid-fire (L) line of the power supply equipment.
  • the second signal is at a third level, which is used to indicate that the second terminal and the third terminal of the first relay K are disconnected, such as the low level of the SW signal, so that The L line is cut off, and the second power supply circuit 7032 will not be powered.
  • the controller 706 or the first power supply circuit 7031 sends a second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033.
  • the second signal is at a fourth level, and the fourth level is used to indicate the first The second terminal and the third terminal of the relay K are connected, so that the L line is turned on, and the second power supply circuit 7032 is supplied with power.
  • the implementation of the power supply switching circuit 7033 is not limited to the above specific structure.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 can short-circuit the second thermistor RT2 in various ways to prevent the surge current generated by the second power supply circuit 7032 from affecting the back-end components of the second power supply circuit 7032.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 is provided in the second power supply circuit 7032. Since the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 will both output the second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, and the power supply switching circuit 7033 is provided in the second power supply circuit 7032, the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 can use one pin and simultaneously receive the second signal, that is, the control end of the power supply switching circuit 7033 is connected to the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032, thereby reducing the number of input or output ports. Reduce the complexity of signal transmission.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the second power circuit 7032 is energized.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 according to the second signal, and delay the preset time. After a preset period of time, the second power supply circuit 7032 then controls the second thermistor RT2 to switch from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power circuit 7032 to being short-circuited between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power circuit 7032. In between, the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
  • the present application can divide the second power supply circuit 7032 into multiple parts.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 may include: a second resistance switching circuit 70321a and a second voltage conversion circuit 70322a.
  • the control end of the second resistance switching circuit 70321a is connected to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 or the controller 706d, and the second resistance switching circuit 70321a is connected in parallel to the first and second ends of the second thermistor RT2 In between, the first terminal of the second thermistor RT2 is also connected to the output terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033, the second terminal of the second thermistor RT2 is also connected to the input terminal of the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a, and the second voltage The output terminal of the conversion circuit 70322a is connected to the backlight driving circuit 705.
  • the second resistance switching circuit 70321a can receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706. At the same time, the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033. Therefore, the second resistance switching circuit 70321a can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a according to the second signal, and delay the preset duration.
  • the second resistance switching circuit 70321a can control the second thermistor RT2 to switch from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a to being short-circuited between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second voltage. Between the conversion circuits 70322a, the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
  • the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a can convert the voltage output from the first power supply circuit 7031 and supply power to the backlight driving circuit 705, so that the backlight driving circuit 705 drives the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly 702 to achieve
  • the display device 700 displays a clear picture.
  • the second resistance switching circuit 70321a and the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a may be integrated chips or circuits composed of multiple components, which is not limited in this application.
  • the second resistance switching circuit 70321a may include: a first resistor R1, a second capacitor C2, a voltage regulator tube VZ1, a second resistor R2, a first transistor V1, a second resistor The diode VD2 and the second relay K2.
  • the first end of the first resistor R1 and the fourth end of the second relay K2 are both connected to the SW pin of the controller 706 or the first power circuit 7031, and the second end of the first resistor R1 is respectively connected to the second capacitor C2.
  • the first terminal of the zener tube VZ1 is connected to the negative electrode of the zener tube VZ1
  • the positive electrode of the zener tube VZ1 is connected to the first terminal of the second resistor R2 and the base of the first transistor V1
  • the collector of the first transistor V1 Are respectively connected to the anode of the second diode VD2 and the first end of the second relay K2
  • the cathode of the second diode VD2 is connected to the fourth end of the second relay K2
  • the second end of the second relay K2 is connected to the first end of the second relay K2.
  • the first end of the two thermistors RT2 is connected, the third end of the second relay K2 is connected to the second end of the second thermistor RT2, the second end of the second capacitor C2, the second end of the second resistor R2 and The emitters of the first transistor V1 are all grounded.
  • the first transistor V1 is an N-type transistor.
  • the controller 706 or the first power supply circuit 7031 outputs the second signal to the second resistance switching circuit 70321a, under the influence of the first resistor R1 and the second capacitor C2, the voltage across the second capacitor C2 gradually increases until the voltage is stabilized.
  • the voltage regulator value of VZ1 is controlled, the voltage regulator tube VZ1 is turned on, the first transistor V1 is turned on, and the second relay K2 short-circuits the second thermistor RT2.
  • the resistance value of the first resistor R1, the second capacitor C2 and the capacitance value, and the voltage stabilization value of the voltage regulator tube VZ1 can determine the time point when the second relay K2 is turned off and on, that is, the preset time is determined to ensure After the second power circuit 7032 is powered on, the surge current on the L line passes through the second thermistor RT2 after a preset period of time, so as to protect the back-end circuit.
  • the implementation of the second resistance switching circuit 70321a is not limited to the above specific structure.
  • the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a may include: a second electromagnetic interference circuit 70322aa, a second rectification filter circuit 70322ab, a second PFC circuit 70322ac, and a second LLC circuit 70322ad.
  • the input end of the second electromagnetic interference circuit 70322aa is connected to the output end of the second resistance switching circuit 70321a and the second end of the second thermistor RT2 respectively, and the output end of the second electromagnetic interference circuit 70322aa is connected to the second rectifier filter circuit.
  • the input terminal of 70322ab is connected, the output terminal of the second rectification filter circuit 70322ab is connected with the input terminal of the second PFC circuit 70322ac, the output terminal of the second PFC circuit 70322ac is connected with the input terminal of the second LLC circuit 70322ad, and the second LLC circuit 70322ad
  • the output terminal of is connected to the backlight driving circuit 705.
  • the large electrolysis is usually provided in the second rectifying and filtering circuit 70322ab.
  • the second rectifying and filtering circuit 70322ab the second PFC circuit 70322ac, and the second LLC circuit 70322ad, please refer to the description of the embodiment in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
  • the implementation manner of the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a is not limited to the above specific structure.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 is provided in the second power supply circuit 7032.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 does not simultaneously output the second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, but the first power circuit 7032. 7031 or the powered controller 706 first outputs the second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 then outputs a second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032. That is, the time when the power supply switching circuit 7033 receives the second signal is earlier than the time when the second power circuit 7032 receives the second signal, and the interval is preset.
  • the control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 may be directly connected to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031, and the control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 may be directly connected to the SW pin of the controller 706, which is not limited in this application.
  • the controller 706 When the controller 706 outputs the second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032, the controller 706 has two SW pins (shown as SW1 and SW2 in FIG. 16), and one of the SW pins (shown as SW1 in FIG. 16) Out) is connected to the SW pin (shown as SW1 and SW2 in FIG. 16) of the first power supply circuit 7031, and the other SW pin (shown as SW2 in FIG.
  • the controller 706 outputs the second signal to the first power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032 in a time-sharing manner.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 outputs the second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 has two SW pins, one of which is SW pin (shown as SW1 in FIG. 16) and the controller 706 The SW pin is connected, and the other SW pin (shown as SW2 in FIG.
  • the second signal is connected to the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032, so that the first power supply circuit 7031 receives the second switch from the SW pin of the controller 706 After a preset period of time, the second signal can be output to the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 supplies power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032. After a preset period of time, the second power supply circuit 7032 receives the second signal. At this time, the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 from the series connection between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply according to the second signal. The circuits 7032 are switched to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, so that the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
  • the present application can divide the second power supply circuit 7032 into multiple parts.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 may include: a third resistance switching circuit 70321b and a third voltage conversion circuit 70322b.
  • the control terminal of the third resistance switching circuit 70321b is connected to the first power supply circuit 7031 or the SW pin of the controller 706), and the third resistance switching circuit 70321b is connected in parallel to the first terminal and the second terminal of the second thermistor RT2.
  • the first terminal of the second thermistor RT2 is also connected to the output terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033, the second terminal of the second thermistor RT2 is also connected to the input terminal of the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b, and the third The output terminal of the voltage conversion circuit 70322b is connected to the backlight driving circuit 705.
  • the third resistance switching circuit 70321b can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b.
  • the third resistance switching circuit 70321b may receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706. Therefore, the third resistance switching circuit 70321b can control the second thermistor RT2 to switch from the series connection between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b to the short circuit connection between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b according to the second signal. Between the voltage conversion circuits 70322b, the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
  • the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b can convert the voltage output from the first power supply circuit 7031 and supply it to the backlight driving circuit 705, so that the backlight driving circuit 705 drives the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly 702 to achieve display
  • the device 700 clearly displays the picture.
  • the third resistance switching circuit 70321b and the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b may be integrated chips or circuits composed of multiple components, which is not limited in this application.
  • the third resistance switching circuit 70321b may include: a sixth resistor R2', a third triode V1', a fourth diode VD2', and a fourth relay K2'.
  • the first end of the sixth resistor R2', the base of the third transistor V1', and the fourth end of the fourth relay K2' are all connected to the controller 706 or the first power circuit 7031, and the third transistor
  • the collector of V1' is respectively connected to the anode of the fourth diode VD2' and the first end of the fourth relay K2', and the cathode of the fourth diode VD2' is connected to the fourth end of the fourth relay K2'.
  • the second terminal of the four relay K2' is connected to the first terminal of the second thermistor RT2
  • the third terminal of the fourth relay K2' is connected to the second terminal of the second thermistor RT2
  • the second terminal of the second capacitor C2' The second end, the second end of the sixth resistor R2 and the emitter of the third transistor V1' are all grounded.
  • the implementation of the third resistance switching circuit 70321b is not limited to the above specific structure.
  • the difference from the foregoing embodiment is that in this embodiment, the power supply switching circuit 7033 is provided in the first power supply circuit 7031.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 through different pins.
  • the control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be directly connected to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031, and the control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be directly connected to the SW pin of the controller 706, which is not limited in this application.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 simultaneously receive the second signal, thereby reducing the complexity of signal transmission.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 according to the second signal, and delay the preset time. After a preset period of time, the second power supply circuit 7032 controls the second thermistor RT2 to switch from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power circuit 7032 to being short-circuited between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power circuit 7032. In between, the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 is provided in the first power supply circuit 7031.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 does not simultaneously output the second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, but the first power circuit 7032. 7031 or the powered controller 706 first outputs the second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 then outputs a second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032. That is, the time when the power supply switching circuit 7033 receives the second signal is earlier than the time when the second power circuit 7032 receives the second signal, and the interval is preset.
  • the control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be directly connected to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031, and the control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be directly connected to the SW pin of the controller 706, which is not limited in this application.
  • the controller 706 outputs the second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032, there are two SW pins of the controller 706 (shown as SW1 and SW2 in FIG. 20), and one SW pin (shown as SW1 in FIG. 20) OUT) is connected to the SW pin of the first power circuit 7031, and the other SW pin (shown as SW2 in FIG.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 When the first power supply circuit 7031 outputs the second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032, the first power supply circuit 7031 has two SW pins (shown as SW1 and SW2 in FIG. 20), and one of the SW pins (shown as SW1 and SW2 in FIG. 20) (Shown in SW1) is connected to the SW pin of the controller 706, and the other SW pin (shown as SW2 in FIG.
  • the SW pin of the controller 706 receives the second signal, and after a preset time period, can output the second signal to the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032.
  • the first power supply circuit 7031 supplies power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized.
  • the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032. After a preset period of time, the second power supply circuit 7032 receives the second signal. At this time, the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 from the series connection between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply according to the second signal. The circuits 7032 are switched to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, so that the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
  • the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be provided in the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032, and the specific implementation process of the second power circuit 7032 short-circuiting the second thermistor RT2 can be Refer to the content shown in the above four embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Emergency Management (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal Display Device Control (AREA)
  • Controls And Circuits For Display Device (AREA)

Abstract

A display device (700), comprising: a display screen, a backlight assembly (702), a first power supply circuit (7031), a second power supply circuit (7032), a TCON circuit (704), a backlight driver circuit (705), and a controller (701); the controller (701) is configured to control the first power supply circuit (7031) to supply power to the second power supply circuit (7032) when a power-on instruction is received. Thus, by controlling the startup sequence of the first power supply circuit (7031) and the second power supply circuit (7032), the standby power consumption of the display device (700) is reduced.

Description

显示设备display screen
本申请要求于2019年11月04日提交中国专利局、申请号为201911067364.0、申请名称为“显示设备”及2020年1月8日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010018527.2、申请名称为“显示设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on November 4, 2019, the application number is 201911067364.0, the application name is "display equipment" and the application is submitted to the China Patent Office on January 8, 2020, the application number is 202010018527.2, and the application name is "display equipment "The priority of the Chinese patent application, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及电源技术领域,尤其涉及一种显示设备。This application relates to the field of power supply technology, and in particular to a display device.
背景技术Background technique
随着科技和经济的不断发展,人们的生活水平越来越高。比如,人们希望如电视机等显示设备具备较佳的画质以及达到亮度指标。若采用单一电源架构来实现显示设备的供电,则将很难选择合适且成本较低的电源。若采用双电源架构来实现显示设备的供电,则可以满足人们的实际需求。With the continuous development of technology and economy, people's living standards are getting higher and higher. For example, people hope that display devices such as TV sets have better picture quality and achieve brightness indicators. If a single power supply architecture is used to power the display device, it will be difficult to select a suitable and low-cost power supply. If the dual power supply architecture is used to realize the power supply of the display device, the actual needs of people can be met.
为了均衡双电源的供电,显示设备通常采集分区域背光供电。然而,双电源的供电方式,往往会造成显示设备待机功耗较高,容易造成资源浪费。In order to balance the power supply of dual power supplies, display devices usually collect sub-regional backlight power supply. However, the dual power supply mode often results in high standby power consumption of the display device, which is likely to cause a waste of resources.
申请内容Application content
本申请提供一种显示设备,以解决现有技术中双电源并联供电时待机功率过高,以及由于浪涌电流的产生而导致热敏电阻过热而发生损坏的问题。The present application provides a display device to solve the problems of excessively high standby power when dual power supplies are supplied in parallel in the prior art, and the thermistor is overheated and damaged due to the generation of surge current.
本申请提供一种显示设备,包括:This application provides a display device, including:
显示屏,被配置为呈现图像内容;The display screen is configured to present image content;
背光组件,被配置为向所述显示屏提供背光光源;A backlight assembly configured to provide a backlight light source for the display screen;
第一电源电路,被配置为向所述背光组件中的部分背光光源的提供电能;The first power supply circuit is configured to provide power to part of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly;
第二电源电路,被配置为向所述背光组件中的部分背光光源的提供电能;The second power supply circuit is configured to provide power to part of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly;
TCON电路,被配置为驱动所述显示屏呈现图像内容;The TCON circuit is configured to drive the display screen to present image content;
背光驱动电路,被配置为控制所述背光组件中背光光源的亮度和/或开启与关闭;A backlight driving circuit configured to control the brightness and/or turning on and off of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly;
控制器,被配置为在接收到开机指令时,控制第一电源电路向第二电源电路供电。The controller is configured to control the first power supply circuit to supply power to the second power supply circuit when receiving the power-on instruction.
在一些实施例中,还包括:供电切换电路;所述供电切换电路连接在所述第一电源电路的输入端和所述第二电源电路的输入端之间,所述第一电源电路 的输入端与供电设备连接;In some embodiments, it further includes: a power supply switching circuit; the power supply switching circuit is connected between the input terminal of the first power supply circuit and the input terminal of the second power supply circuit, and the input of the first power supply circuit Connected to the power supply equipment;
所述控制器,被配置为控制所述第一电源电路向所述控制器供电以及向背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第一区域的背光光源的电能;The controller is configured to control the first power supply circuit to supply power to the controller and to provide the backlight drive circuit with power for the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly;
所述控制器,还被配置为通过导通所述供电切换电路,控制所述第一电源电路向所述第二电源电路供电,且控制供电后的所述第二电源电路向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能,所述第一区域和所述第二区域构成所述显示屏的显示区域。The controller is further configured to control the first power supply circuit to supply power to the second power supply circuit by turning on the power supply switching circuit, and control the powered second power supply circuit to drive the backlight The circuit provides power to the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly, and the first area and the second area constitute a display area of the display screen.
在一些实施例中,所述控制器,还被配置为经过预设时长后,通过将所述第二电源电路中的第二热敏电阻从串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间切换为短路连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间,控制所述第二电源电路向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能。In some embodiments, the controller is further configured to connect the second thermistor in the second power supply circuit from series to the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit after a preset period of time. The power supply circuits are switched to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit, and the second power supply circuit is controlled to provide the backlight driving circuit with the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly Of electrical energy.
在一些实施例中,所述控制器,还被配置为通过将所述第二电源电路中的第二热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间,控制所述第一电源电路将供电设备输入的电压向所述第二电源电路供电。In some embodiments, the controller is further configured to control all the components by connecting the second thermistor in the second power supply circuit in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit. The first power supply circuit supplies the voltage input by the power supply device to the second power supply circuit.
在一些实施例中,所述控制器,被配置为通过将所述第一电源电路中的第一热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电设备与所述第一电源电路之间,控制所述第一电源电路将所述供电设备输入的电压向所述控制器供电以及向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第一区域的背光光源的电能。In some embodiments, the controller is configured to control the first thermistor in the first power supply circuit by connecting the first thermistor in the first power supply circuit in series between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit. A power supply circuit supplies the voltage input from the power supply device to the controller and supplies the backlight drive circuit with power for the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly.
在一些实施例中,所述控制器,还被配置为控制所述第一电源电路中的第一热敏电阻从串联连接在所述供电设备与所述第一电源电路之间切换至短路连接在供电设备与所述第一电源电路之间。In some embodiments, the controller is further configured to control the first thermistor in the first power supply circuit to switch from being connected in series between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit to a short-circuit connection Between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit.
在一些实施例中,所述第一电源电路包括:第一电阻切换电路和第一电压转换电路;In some embodiments, the first power supply circuit includes: a first resistance switching circuit and a first voltage conversion circuit;
其中,所述第一电阻切换电路的控制端与所述控制器连接,所述第一电阻切换电路并联连接在所述第一热敏电阻的第一端和第二端之间,所述第一热敏电阻的第一端还与供电设备连接,所述第一热敏电阻的第二端与所述第一电压转换电路的输入端连接,所述第一电压转换电路的第一输出端与所述控制器连接,所述第一电压转换电路的第二输出端与所述背光驱动电路连接;Wherein, the control end of the first resistance switching circuit is connected to the controller, the first resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel between the first end and the second end of the first thermistor, and the first resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel between the first end and the second end of the first thermistor. The first end of a thermistor is also connected to the power supply device, the second end of the first thermistor is connected to the input end of the first voltage conversion circuit, and the first output end of the first voltage conversion circuit is Connected to the controller, and the second output terminal of the first voltage conversion circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit;
所述控制器,被配置为向所述第一电阻切换电路发送第一信号;The controller is configured to send a first signal to the first resistance switching circuit;
所述第一电阻切换电路,被配置为基于所述第一信号,控制所述第一热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电设备与所述第一电压转换电路之间;The first resistance switching circuit is configured to control the first thermistor to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first voltage conversion circuit based on the first signal;
所述控制器,还被配置为向所述第一电阻切换电路发送第二信号;The controller is further configured to send a second signal to the first resistance switching circuit;
所述第一电阻切换电路,还被配置为基于所述第二信号,控制所述第一热敏电阻短路连接在所述供电设备与所述第一电压转换电路之间;The first resistance switching circuit is further configured to control the first thermistor to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply device and the first voltage conversion circuit based on the second signal;
所述第一电压转换电路,被配置为将所述供电设备输入的电压进行转换并向所述控制器供电以及向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第一区域的背光光源的电能。The first voltage conversion circuit is configured to convert the voltage input by the power supply device and supply power to the controller, and to provide the backlight driving circuit with the power of the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly .
在一些实施例中,所述第一电阻切换电路包括:第三电阻、第三电容、第四电阻、第五电阻、第二三极管、第一电容、第三二极管以及第三继电器;In some embodiments, the first resistance switching circuit includes: a third resistor, a third capacitor, a fourth resistor, a fifth resistor, a second triode, a first capacitor, a third diode, and a third relay ;
其中,所述第三电阻的第一端和所述第三继电器的第四端均与所述控制器连接,所述第三电阻的第二端分别与所述第三电容的第一端和所述第五电阻的第一端连接,所述第五电阻的第二端分别与所述第四电阻的第一端和所述第二三极管的基极连接,所述第二三极管的集电极分别与所述第一电容的第一端、所述第三二极管的阳极以及所述第三继电器的第一端连接,所述第一电容的第二端和所述第三二极管的阴极均与所述第三继电器的第四端连接,所述第三继电器的第二端与所述第一热敏电阻的第一端连接,所述第三继电器的第三端与所述第一热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第三电容的第二端、所述第四电阻的第二端和所述第二三极管的发射极均接地;Wherein, the first end of the third resistor and the fourth end of the third relay are both connected to the controller, and the second end of the third resistor is respectively connected to the first end and the first end of the third capacitor. The first end of the fifth resistor is connected, the second end of the fifth resistor is respectively connected to the first end of the fourth resistor and the base of the second triode, and the second triode is The collector of the tube is respectively connected to the first end of the first capacitor, the anode of the third diode, and the first end of the third relay. The second end of the first capacitor is connected to the first end of the third relay. The cathodes of the three diodes are all connected to the fourth end of the third relay, the second end of the third relay is connected to the first end of the first thermistor, and the third end of the third relay is connected to the first end of the first thermistor. The terminal is connected to the second terminal of the first thermistor, and the second terminal of the third capacitor, the second terminal of the fourth resistor, and the emitter of the second triode are all grounded;
所述第一电压转换电路包括:第一电磁干扰电路、第一整流滤波电路、第一PFC电路和第一LLC电路;The first voltage conversion circuit includes: a first electromagnetic interference circuit, a first rectification filter circuit, a first PFC circuit, and a first LLC circuit;
其中,所述第一电磁干扰电路的输入端分别与所述第一电阻切换电路的输出端和所述第一热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第一电磁干扰电路的输出端与所述第一整流滤波电路的输入端连接,所述第一整流滤波电路的输出端与所述第一PFC电路的输入端连接,所述第一PFC电路的输出端与所述第一LLC电路的输入端连接,所述第一LLC电路的输出端分别与所述控制器和所述背光驱动电路连接。Wherein, the input end of the first electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the output end of the first resistance switching circuit and the second end of the first thermistor respectively, and the output end of the first electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the second end of the first thermistor. The input end of the first rectification and filter circuit is connected, the output end of the first rectification and filter circuit is connected to the input end of the first PFC circuit, and the output end of the first PFC circuit is connected to the first LLC circuit. The input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the first LLC circuit is respectively connected to the controller and the backlight driving circuit.
在一些实施例中,所述第二电源电路,被配置为在接收到所述第一电源电路或者供电后的所述控制器输出的所述第二信号,且所述第一电源电路通过所述供电切换电路向所述第二电源电路开始供电时,基于所述第二信号,控制所 述第二热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间,且延迟所述预设时长;经过所述预设时长后,控制所述第二热敏电阻短路连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间;In some embodiments, the second power supply circuit is configured to receive the second signal output by the first power supply circuit or the controller after power supply, and the first power supply circuit passes all the signals. When the power supply switching circuit starts supplying power to the second power supply circuit, based on the second signal, the second thermistor is controlled to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit with a delay The preset duration; after the preset duration, control the second thermistor to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit;
或者,or,
所述第二电源电路,被配置为在所述第一电源电路通过所述供电切换电路向所述第二电源电路开始供电时,控制所述第二热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间;从所述第一电源电路或者供电后的所述控制器经过所述预设时长后接收所述第二信号,并基于所述第二信号,控制所述第二热敏电阻短路连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间。The second power supply circuit is configured to control the second thermistor to be connected in series to the power supply switching circuit when the first power supply circuit starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit Between the second power supply circuit and the second power supply circuit; the second signal is received from the first power supply circuit or the controller after supplying power after the preset time period, and based on the second signal, controls the The second thermistor is short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit.
在一些实施例中,所述第二电源电路包括:第二电阻切换电路和第二电压转换电路;In some embodiments, the second power supply circuit includes: a second resistance switching circuit and a second voltage conversion circuit;
其中,所述第二电阻切换电路的控制端与所述第一电源电路或者所述控制器连接,所述第二电阻切换电路并联连接在所述第二热敏电阻的第一端和第二端之间,所述第二热敏电阻的第一端还与所述供电切换电路的输出端连接,所述第二热敏电阻的第二端还与所述第二电压转换电路的输入端连接,所述第二电压转换电路的输出端与所述背光驱动电路连接;Wherein, the control end of the second resistance switching circuit is connected to the first power supply circuit or the controller, and the second resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel to the first end and the second end of the second thermistor. The first terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the output terminal of the power supply switching circuit, and the second terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the input terminal of the second voltage conversion circuit. Connected, the output terminal of the second voltage conversion circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit;
所述第二电阻切换电路,用于在接收到所述第一电源电路或者供电后的所述控制器输出的所述第二信号,以及所述第一电源电路通过所述供电切换电路向所述第二电源电路开始供电时,基于所述第二信号,控制所述第二热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电压转换电路之间,且延迟所述预设时长;The second resistance switching circuit is configured to receive the second signal output by the controller after receiving the first power supply circuit or the power supply, and the first power supply circuit sends the signal to the power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit. When the second power supply circuit starts to supply power, based on the second signal, the second thermistor is controlled to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second voltage conversion circuit, and the preset duration is delayed ;
所述第二电阻切换电路,还用于经过所述预设时长后,控制所述第二热敏电阻短路连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电压转换电路之间;The second resistance switching circuit is further configured to control the second thermistor to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second voltage conversion circuit after the preset time period has elapsed;
所述第二电压转换电路,用于将从所述第一电源电路输出的电压进行转换并向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能。The second voltage conversion circuit is used for converting the voltage output from the first power supply circuit and providing the backlight driving circuit with power of the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly.
在一些实施例中,所述第二电阻切换电路包括:第一电阻、第二电容、稳压管、第二电阻、第一三极管、第二二极管和第二继电器;In some embodiments, the second resistance switching circuit includes: a first resistor, a second capacitor, a Zener tube, a second resistor, a first triode, a second diode, and a second relay;
其中,所述第一电阻的第一端和所述第二继电器的第四端均与所述控制器或者所述第一电源电路连接,所述第一电阻的第二端分别与第二电容的第一端和所述稳压管的负极连接,所述稳压管的正极分别与所述第二电阻的第一端和 所述第一三极管的基极连接,所述第一三极管的集电极分别与所述第二二极管的阳极和所述第二继电器的第一端连接,所述第二二极管的阴极与所述第二继电器的第四端连接,所述第二继电器的第二端与所述第二热敏电阻的第一端连接,所述第二继电器的第三端与所述第二热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第二电容的第二端、所述第二电阻的第二端和所述第一三极管的发射极均接地;Wherein, the first end of the first resistor and the fourth end of the second relay are both connected to the controller or the first power circuit, and the second end of the first resistor is respectively connected to the second capacitor The first end of the voltage regulator tube is connected to the negative electrode of the voltage regulator tube, and the anode electrode of the voltage regulator tube is respectively connected to the first end of the second resistor and the base electrode of the first triode. The collector of the pole tube is respectively connected to the anode of the second diode and the first end of the second relay, and the cathode of the second diode is connected to the fourth end of the second relay, so The second end of the second relay is connected to the first end of the second thermistor, the third end of the second relay is connected to the second end of the second thermistor, and the second capacitor The second end of the second resistor, the second end of the second resistor, and the emitter of the first triode are all grounded;
所述第二电压转换电路包括:第二电磁干扰电路、第二整流滤波电路、第二PFC电路和第二LLC电路;The second voltage conversion circuit includes: a second electromagnetic interference circuit, a second rectification filter circuit, a second PFC circuit, and a second LLC circuit;
其中,所述第二电磁干扰电路的输入端分别与所述第二电阻切换电路的输出端和所述第二热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第二电磁干扰电路的输出端与所述第二整流滤波电路的输入端连接,所述第二整流滤波电路的输出端与所述第二PFC电路的输入端连接,所述第二PFC电路的输出端与所述第二LLC电路的输入端连接,所述第二LLC电路的输出端与所述背光驱动电路连接。Wherein, the input end of the second electromagnetic interference circuit is respectively connected to the output end of the second resistance switching circuit and the second end of the second thermistor, and the output end of the second electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the second end of the second thermistor. The input end of the second rectification filter circuit is connected, the output end of the second rectification filter circuit is connected to the input end of the second PFC circuit, and the output end of the second PFC circuit is connected to the second LLC circuit. The input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the second LLC circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit.
在一些实施例中,所述第二电源电路包括:第三电阻切换电路和第三电压转换电路;In some embodiments, the second power supply circuit includes: a third resistance switching circuit and a third voltage conversion circuit;
其中,所述第三电阻切换电路的控制端与所述第一电源电路和/或所述控制器连接,所述第三电阻切换电路并联连接在所述第二热敏电阻的第一端和第二端之间,所述第二热敏电阻的第一端还与所述供电切换电路的输出端连接,所述第二热敏电阻的第二端还与所述第三电压转换电路的输入端连接,所述第三电压转换电路的输出端与所述背光驱动电路连接;Wherein, the control end of the third resistance switching circuit is connected to the first power supply circuit and/or the controller, and the third resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel to the first end of the second thermistor and Between the second terminals, the first terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the output terminal of the power supply switching circuit, and the second terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the output terminal of the third voltage conversion circuit. The input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the third voltage conversion circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit;
所述第三电阻切换电路,用于在所述第一电源电路通过所述供电切换电路向所述第二电源电路开始供电时,控制所述第二热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第三电阻切换电路之间;The third resistance switching circuit is used to control the second thermistor to be connected in series to the power supply switching circuit when the first power supply circuit starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit And the third resistance switching circuit;
所述第三电阻切换电路,还用于从所述第一电源电路或者供电后的所述控制器经过所述预设时长后接收所述第二信号;并基于所述第二信号,控制所述第二热敏电阻短路连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第三电阻切换电路之间;The third resistance switching circuit is further configured to receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit or the controller after power supply after the preset time period; and based on the second signal, control all The second thermistor is short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the third resistance switching circuit;
所述第三电压转换电路,用于将从所述第一电源电路输出的电压进行转换并向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能。The third voltage conversion circuit is configured to convert the voltage output from the first power supply circuit and provide the backlight driving circuit with power of the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly.
在一些实施例中,所述第三电阻切换电路包括:第六电阻、第三三极管、第四二极管和第四继电器;In some embodiments, the third resistance switching circuit includes: a sixth resistance, a third triode, a fourth diode, and a fourth relay;
其中,所述第六电阻的第一端、所述第三三极管的基极和第四继电器的第 四端均与所述控制器或者所述第一电源电路连接,所述第三三极管的集电极分别与所述第四二极管的阳极和所述第四继电器的第一端连接,所述第四二极管的阴极与所述第四继电器的第四端连接,所述第四继电器的第二端与所述第二热敏电阻的第一端连接,所述第四继电器的第三端与所述第二热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第二电容的第二端、所述第六电阻的第二端和所述第三三极管的发射极均接地;Wherein, the first end of the sixth resistor, the base of the third triode, and the fourth end of the fourth relay are all connected to the controller or the first power circuit, and the third third The collector of the pole tube is respectively connected to the anode of the fourth diode and the first end of the fourth relay, and the cathode of the fourth diode is connected to the fourth end of the fourth relay, so The second end of the fourth relay is connected to the first end of the second thermistor, the third end of the fourth relay is connected to the second end of the second thermistor, and the second capacitor The second end of the sixth resistor, the second end of the sixth resistor, and the emitter of the third triode are all grounded;
所述第三电压转换电路包括:第三电磁干扰电路、第三整流滤波电路、第三PFC电路和第三LLC电路;The third voltage conversion circuit includes: a third electromagnetic interference circuit, a third rectification filter circuit, a third PFC circuit, and a third LLC circuit;
其中,所述第三电磁干扰电路的输入端分别与所述第三电阻切换电路的输出端和所述第二热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第三电磁干扰电路的输出端与所述第三整流滤波电路的输入端连接,所述第三整流滤波电路的输出端与所述第三PFC电路的输入端连接,所述第三PFC电路的输出端与所述第三LLC电路的输入端连接,所述第三LLC电路的输出端与所述背光驱动电路连接。Wherein, the input end of the third electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the output end of the third resistance switching circuit and the second end of the second thermistor respectively, and the output end of the third electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the second end of the second thermistor. The input end of the third rectification and filter circuit is connected, the output end of the third rectification and filter circuit is connected to the input end of the third PFC circuit, and the output end of the third PFC circuit is connected to the third LLC circuit. The input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the third LLC circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit.
在一些实施例中,所述供电切换电路设置所述第一电源电路中,和/或,所述供电切换电路设置在所述第二电源电路中。In some embodiments, the power supply switching circuit is provided in the first power circuit, and/or the power supply switching circuit is provided in the second power circuit.
在一些实施例中,所述供电切换电路包括:第四电容、第一二极管、第一继电器以及保险丝;In some embodiments, the power supply switching circuit includes: a fourth capacitor, a first diode, a first relay, and a fuse;
其中,所述第四电容的第一端、所述第一二极管的阴极和所述第一继电器的第四端均与所述控制器或者所述第一电源电路连接,所述第一继电器的第三端与所述保险丝的第一端连接,所述保险丝的第二端与所述第二电源电路连接,所述第一继电器的第二端分别与所述供电设备和所述第一电源电路连接,所述第一继电器的第一端、所述第一二极管的阳极和所述第四电容的第二端均接地。Wherein, the first terminal of the fourth capacitor, the cathode of the first diode, and the fourth terminal of the first relay are all connected to the controller or the first power circuit, and the first The third terminal of the relay is connected to the first terminal of the fuse, the second terminal of the fuse is connected to the second power circuit, and the second terminal of the first relay is connected to the power supply device and the first terminal, respectively. A power circuit is connected, and the first terminal of the first relay, the anode of the first diode and the second terminal of the fourth capacitor are all grounded.
本申请提供的显示设备,通过在显示设备上电时,第一电源电路可以通电且启动工作,第二电源电路不通电而无法启动工作,使得显示设备进入待机模式,节省了显示设备的待机功率。而且,在显示设备需要第二电源电路供电时,控制器可以控制第一电源电路向第二电源电路供电,使得第二电源电路可以向显示设备提供电能,方便显示设备的使用。In the display device provided by the present application, when the display device is powered on, the first power circuit can be powered on and start to work, and the second power circuit is not powered on and cannot start to work, so that the display device enters a standby mode and saves the standby power of the display device. . Moreover, when the display device needs power from the second power circuit, the controller can control the first power circuit to supply power to the second power circuit, so that the second power circuit can provide power to the display device, facilitating the use of the display device.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请或相关技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或相关技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的 附图是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly describe the technical solutions in the present application or related technologies, the following will briefly introduce the drawings that need to be used in the embodiments or related technical descriptions. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are of the present application. For some embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art can obtain other drawings based on these drawings without creative labor.
图1为一种显示设备与控制装置之间操作场景的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an operation scenario between a display device and a control device;
图2a为图1中显示设备中硬件系统的硬件结构示意图;Fig. 2a is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the hardware system in the display device in Fig. 1;
图2b为一种显示设备中硬件系统的硬件结构示意图;Figure 2b is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a hardware system in a display device;
图3为图2a中电源组件与负载的连接关系示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between the power supply component and the load in Fig. 2a;
图4为图2a中的一种电源架构的示意图;Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a power supply architecture in Fig. 2a;
图5为图2a中显示设备的硬件架构框图;Figure 5 is a block diagram of the hardware architecture of the display device in Figure 2a;
图6为图2a中显示设备的功能配置示意图;Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of the functional configuration of the display device in Fig. 2a;
图7为本申请一实施例提供的显示设备的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图8为图7中第一电源电路的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first power supply circuit in FIG. 7;
图9为图8中第一电阻切换电路的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first resistance switching circuit in FIG. 8;
图10为图8中第一电压转换电路的结构示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first voltage conversion circuit in FIG. 8;
图11为图7中供电切换电路的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the power supply switching circuit in FIG. 7;
图12为本申请一实施例提供的显示设备的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为图12中第二电源电路的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the second power supply circuit in FIG. 12;
图14为图13中第二电阻切换电路的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the second resistance switching circuit in FIG. 13;
图15为图13中第二电压转换电路的结构示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the second voltage conversion circuit in FIG. 13;
图16为本申请一实施例提供的显示设备的结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图17为图16中第二电源电路的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the second power supply circuit in FIG. 16;
图18为图17中第三电阻切换电路的结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the third resistance switching circuit in FIG. 17;
图19为本申请一实施例提供的显示设备的结构示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图20为本申请一实施例提供的显示设备的结构示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整的描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The following describes the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application clearly and completely with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative work shall fall within the protection scope of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的 顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的本申请的实施例例如能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", "third", "fourth", etc. (if any) in the description and claims of this application and the above-mentioned drawings are used to distinguish similar objects, without having to use To describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood that the data used in this way can be interchanged under appropriate circumstances, so that the embodiments of the present application described herein can be implemented in a sequence other than those illustrated or described herein, for example. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations of them are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to those clearly listed. Those steps or units may include other steps or units that are not clearly listed or are inherent to these processes, methods, products, or equipment.
本申请各实施例提供的显示设备可以具有单系统、单显示结构的显示设备。例如,显示设备包括:显示屏,被配置为显示画面图像;声音再现装置,被配置为播放声音;供电电路,被配置为向显示设备的负载提供电能,所述负载包括显示屏和声音再现装置等。The display device provided by each embodiment of the present application may have a display device with a single system and a single display structure. For example, the display device includes: a display screen configured to display screen images; a sound reproduction device configured to play sound; a power supply circuit configured to provide power to a load of the display device, the load including a display screen and a sound reproduction device Wait.
或者,本申请主要针对具有双系统、双显示结构的显示设备,即具有第一控制器(第一硬件系统)、第二控制器(第二硬件系统)、第一显示屏和第二显示屏的显示设备的音画同步处理,下面首先对具有双系统硬件结构的显示设备的结构、功能和实现方式等方面进行详细说明。Or, this application is mainly directed to a display device with a dual system and dual display structure, that is, a display device with a first controller (a first hardware system), a second controller (a second hardware system), a first display screen, and a second display screen For the audio-visual synchronization processing of the display device, the structure, function, and implementation manner of the display device with a dual-system hardware structure will be described in detail below.
为便于用户使用,显示设备上通常会设置各种外部装置接口,以便于连接不同的外设设备或线缆以实现相应的功能。而在显示设备的接口上连接有高清晰度的摄像头时,如果显示设备的硬件系统没有接收源码的高像素摄像头的硬件接口,那么就会导致无法将摄像头接收到的数据呈现到显示设备的显示屏上。For the convenience of users, various external device interfaces are usually provided on the display device to facilitate the connection of different peripheral devices or cables to achieve corresponding functions. When a high-resolution camera is connected to the interface of the display device, if the hardware system of the display device does not have the hardware interface of the high-pixel camera that receives the source code, it will cause the data received by the camera to be unable to present the data received by the camera to the display of the display device. On the screen.
并且,受制于硬件结构,传统显示设备的硬件系统仅支持一路硬解码资源,且通常最大仅能支持4K分辨率的视频解码,因此当要实现边观看网络电视边进行视频聊天时,为了不降低网络视频画面清晰度,就需要使用硬解码资源(通常是硬件系统中的GPU)对网络视频进行解码,而在此情况下,只能采取由硬件系统中的通用处理器(例如CPU)对视频进行软解码的方式处理视频聊天画面。Moreover, due to the hardware structure, the hardware system of traditional display devices only supports one hard decoding resource, and usually only supports 4K resolution video decoding. Therefore, when you want to realize the video chat while watching Internet TV, in order not to reduce The definition of the network video picture requires the use of hard decoding resources (usually the GPU in the hardware system) to decode the network video. In this case, the general-purpose processor (such as CPU) in the hardware system can only be used to decode the video. The video chat screen is processed by soft decoding.
采用软解码处理视频聊天画面,会大大增加CPU的数据处理负担,当CPU的数据处理负担过重时,可能会出现画面卡顿或者不流畅的问题。进一步的,受制于CPU的数据处理能力,当采用CPU软解码处理视频聊天画面时,通常无法实现多路视频通话,当用户想要再同一聊天场景同时与多个其他用户进行视频聊天时,会出现接入受阻的情况。Using soft decoding to process the video chat screen will greatly increase the data processing burden on the CPU. When the data processing burden on the CPU is too heavy, the picture may freeze or become unsmooth. Further, subject to the data processing capabilities of the CPU, when the CPU soft decoding is used to process the video chat screen, it is usually impossible to achieve multi-channel video calls. When the user wants to simultaneously video chat with multiple other users in the same chat scene, it will There is a situation where access is blocked.
基于上述各方面的考虑,为克服上述缺陷,本申请公开了一种双系统硬件 系统架构,以实现多路视频聊天数据(至少一路本地视频)。Based on the above considerations, in order to overcome the above shortcomings, this application discloses a dual-system hardware system architecture to realize multiple channels of video chat data (at least one local video).
下面首先结合附图对本申请所涉及的概念进行说明。在此需要指出的是,以下对各个概念的说明,仅为了使本申请的内容更加容易理解,并不表示对本申请保护范围的限定。The concepts involved in the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings. It should be pointed out here that the following description of each concept is only to make the content of this application easier to understand, and does not mean to limit the scope of protection of this application.
本申请各实施例中使用的术语“电路”,可以是指任何已知或后来开发的硬件、软件、固件、人工智能、模糊逻辑或硬件或/和软件代码的组合,能够执行与该元件相关的功能。The term "circuit" used in the various embodiments of this application can refer to any known or later developed hardware, software, firmware, artificial intelligence, fuzzy logic, or a combination of hardware or/and software code that can execute related to the component Function.
本申请各实施例中使用的术语“遥控器”,是指电子设备(如本申请中公开的显示设备)的一个组件,该组件通常可在较短的距离范围内无线控制电子设备。该组件一般可以使用红外线和/或射频(RF)信号和/或蓝牙与电子设备连接,也可以包括WiFi、无线USB、蓝牙、动作传感器等功能电路。例如:手持式触摸遥控器,是以触摸屏中用户界面取代一般遥控装置中的大部分物理内置硬键。The term "remote control" used in the various embodiments of this application refers to a component of an electronic device (such as the display device disclosed in this application), which can generally control the electronic device wirelessly within a short distance. This component can generally use infrared and/or radio frequency (RF) signals and/or Bluetooth to connect with electronic devices, and can also include functional circuits such as WiFi, wireless USB, Bluetooth, and motion sensors. For example, a handheld touch remote control replaces most of the physical built-in hard keys in general remote control devices with the user interface in the touch screen.
本申请各实施例中使用的术语“用户界面”,是应用程序或操作系统与用户之间进行交互和信息交换的介质接口,它实现信息的内部形式与用户可以接受形式之间的转换。用户界面常用的表现形式是图形用户界面(graphic user interface,GUI),是指采用图形方式显示的与计算机操作相关的用户界面。它可以是在电子设备的显示屏中显示的一个图标、窗口、控件等界面元素,其中控件可以包括图标、按钮、菜单、选项卡、文本框、对话框、状态栏、导航栏、Widget等可视的界面元素。The term "user interface" used in the embodiments of this application is a medium interface for interaction and information exchange between an application or operating system and a user, and it realizes the conversion between the internal form of information and the form acceptable to the user. The commonly used form of the user interface is a graphical user interface (GUI), which refers to a user interface related to computer operations that is displayed in a graphical manner. It can be an icon, window, control and other interface elements displayed on the display screen of an electronic device. The control can include icons, buttons, menus, tabs, text boxes, dialog boxes, status bars, navigation bars, Widgets, etc. Visual interface elements.
本申请各实施例中使用的术语“手势”,是指用户通过一种手型的变化或手部运动等动作,用于表达预期想法、动作、目的/或结果的用户行为。The term "gesture" used in the embodiments of the present application refers to a user's behavior through a change of hand shape or hand movement to express expected ideas, actions, goals, and/or results.
本申请各实施例中使用的术语“硬件系统”,可以是指由集成电路(Integrated Circuit,IC)、印刷电路板(Printed circuit board,PCB)等机械、光、电、磁器件构成的具有计算、控制、存储、输入和输出功能的实体部件。在本申请各个实施例中,硬件系统通常也会被称为主板(motherboard)或芯片。The term "hardware system" used in the various embodiments of this application may refer to an integrated circuit (IC), printed circuit board (Printed circuit board, PCB) and other mechanical, optical, electrical, and magnetic devices with computing , Control, storage, input and output functions of the physical components. In the various embodiments of the present application, the hardware system is usually also referred to as a motherboard or a chip.
图1中示例性示出了根据实施例中显示设备与控制装置之间操作场景的示意图。如图1所示,用户可通过控制装置100来操作显示设备200。Fig. 1 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of an operation scenario between a display device and a control device according to an embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1, the user can operate the display device 200 by controlling the device 100.
其中,控制装置100可以是遥控器100A,其可与显示设备200之间通过红外协议通信、蓝牙协议通信、紫蜂(ZigBee)协议通信或其他短距离通信方式进行通信,用于通过无线或其他有线方式来控制显示设备200。用户可以通 过遥控器100A上按键、语音输入、控制面板输入等输入用户指令,来控制显示设备200。如:用户可以通过遥控器100A上音量加减键、频道控制键、上/下/左/右的移动按键、语音输入按键、菜单键、开关机按键等输入相应控制指令,来实现控制显示设备200的功能。Wherein, the control device 100 may be a remote controller 100A, which can communicate with the display device 200 through infrared protocol communication, Bluetooth protocol communication, ZigBee protocol communication or other short-distance communication methods for wireless or other short-distance communication. The display device 200 is controlled in a wired manner. The user can control the display device 200 by inputting user instructions through keys on the remote controller 100A, voice input, and control panel input. For example: the user can control the display device by inputting corresponding control commands through the volume up and down keys on the remote control 100A, channel control keys, up/down/left/right movement keys, voice input keys, menu keys, switch machine keys, etc. 200 features.
控制装置100也可以是智能设备,如移动终端100B、平板电脑、计算机、笔记本电脑等,其可以通过本地网(LAN,Local Area Network)、广域网(WAN,Wide Area Network)、无线局域网(WLAN,Wireless Local Area Network)或其他网络与显示设备200之间通信,并通过与显示设备200相应的应用程序实现对显示设备200的控制。例如,使用在智能设备上运行的应用程序控制显示设备200。该应用程序可以在与智能设备关联的屏幕上通过直观的用户界面(UI,User Interface)为用户提供各种控制。The control device 100 may also be a smart device, such as a mobile terminal 100B, a tablet computer, a computer, a notebook computer, etc., which may be connected through a local area network (LAN, Wide Area Network), a wide area network (WAN, Wide Area Network), and a wireless local area network (WLAN, Wireless Local Area Network) or other networks communicate with the display device 200, and control the display device 200 through an application program corresponding to the display device 200. For example, an application program running on a smart device is used to control the display device 200. The application can provide users with various controls through an intuitive user interface (UI, User Interface) on the screen associated with the smart device.
示例的,移动终端100B与显示设备200均可安装软件应用,从而可通过网络通信协议实现二者之间的连接通信,进而实现一对一控制操作的和数据通信的目的。如:可以使移动终端100B与显示设备200建立控制指令协议,将遥控控制键盘同步到移动终端100B上,通过控制移动终端100B上用户界面,实现控制显示设备200的功能;也可以将移动终端100B上显示的音视频内容传输到显示设备200上,实现同步显示功能。For example, both the mobile terminal 100B and the display device 200 can be installed with software applications, so that the connection and communication between the two can be realized through a network communication protocol, and the purpose of one-to-one control operation and data communication can be realized. For example, the mobile terminal 100B can establish a control command protocol with the display device 200, synchronize the remote control keyboard to the mobile terminal 100B, and control the user interface of the mobile terminal 100B to achieve the function of controlling the display device 200; or the mobile terminal 100B The audio and video content displayed on the screen is transmitted to the display device 200 to realize the synchronous display function.
如图1所示,显示设备200还可与服务器300通过多种通信方式进行数据通信。在本申请各个实施例中,可允许显示设备200通过局域网、无线局域网或其他网络与服务器300进行有线通信连接或无线通信连接。服务器300可以向显示设备200提供各种内容和互动。As shown in FIG. 1, the display device 200 can also communicate with the server 300 through multiple communication methods. In various embodiments of the present application, the display device 200 may be allowed to perform a wired communication connection or a wireless communication connection with the server 300 through a local area network, a wireless local area network, or other networks. The server 300 may provide various contents and interactions to the display device 200.
示例的,显示设备200通过发送和接收信息,以及电子节目指南(Electronic Program Guide,EPG)互动,接收软件程序更新,或访问远程储存的数字媒体库。服务器300可以是一组,也可以是多组,可以是一类或多类服务器。通过服务器300提供视频点播和广告服务等其他网络服务内容。For example, the display device 200 can receive software program updates by sending and receiving information and interacting with an Electronic Program Guide (EPG), or accessing a remotely stored digital media library. The server 300 may be a group or multiple groups, and may be one or more types of servers. The server 300 provides other network service content such as video-on-demand and advertising services.
显示设备200包括:第一显示屏201与第二显示屏202,其中,第一显示屏201与第二显示屏202之间相互独立,第一显示屏201与第二显示屏202之间采用双硬件控制系统。The display device 200 includes: a first display screen 201 and a second display screen 202, wherein the first display screen 201 and the second display screen 202 are independent of each other, and the first display screen 201 and the second display screen 202 adopt dual Hardware control system.
其中,第一显示屏201和第二显示屏202可以用于显示不同的显示画面。如,第一显示屏201可以用于传统电视节目的画面显示,第二显示屏202用于 通知类消息、语音助手等辅助信息的画面显示。Among them, the first display screen 201 and the second display screen 202 can be used to display different display pictures. For example, the first display screen 201 can be used for screen display of traditional TV programs, and the second display screen 202 can be used for screen display of auxiliary information such as notification messages and voice assistants.
在一些实施例中,第一显示屏201显示的内容与第二显示屏202显示的内容之间可以相互独立,互不影响。例如,在第一显示屏201播放电视节目时,第二显示屏202可以显示与电视节目无关的时间、天气、气温、提醒消息等信息。In some embodiments, the content displayed on the first display screen 201 and the content displayed on the second display screen 202 may be independent of each other without affecting each other. For example, when the first display screen 201 is playing a TV program, the second display screen 202 may display information such as time, weather, temperature, and reminder messages that are not related to the TV program.
在一些实施例中,第一显示屏201显示的内容与第二显示屏202显示的内容之间也可以存在关联关系。例如,在第一显示屏201播放视频聊天的主画面时,第二显示屏202可以显示当前接入视频聊天的用户的头像、聊天时长等信息。In some embodiments, there may also be an association relationship between the content displayed on the first display screen 201 and the content displayed on the second display screen 202. For example, when the main screen of the video chat is played on the first display screen 201, the second display screen 202 may display information such as the avatar and the chat duration of the user currently accessing the video chat.
在一些实施例中,第二显示屏202显示的部分或全部内容可以调整至第一显示屏201显示。例如,在第一显示屏201播放视频聊天的主画面时,可以将第二显示屏202显示的时间、天气、气温、提醒消息等信息调整到第一显示屏201进行显示,第二显示屏202显示其它的信息。In some embodiments, part or all of the content displayed on the second display screen 202 can be adjusted to be displayed on the first display screen 201. For example, when the main screen of the video chat is played on the first display screen 201, the time, weather, temperature, reminder message and other information displayed on the second display screen 202 can be adjusted to the first display screen 201 for display. Display other information.
另外,第一显示屏201在显示传统电视节目画面的同时,还显示多方交互画面,且多方交互画面不会遮挡传统电视节目画面。其中,本申请对传统电视节目画面和多方交互画面的显示方式不做限定。例如,本申请可以根据传统电视节目画面和多方交互画面的优先级,设置传统电视节目画面和多方交互画面的位置和大小。In addition, the first display screen 201 displays a multi-party interactive screen while displaying a traditional TV program screen, and the multi-party interactive screen does not block the traditional TV program screen. Among them, the present application does not limit the display mode of the traditional TV program screen and the multi-party interactive screen. For example, this application can set the position and size of the traditional TV program screen and the multi-party interactive screen according to the priority of the traditional TV program screen and the multi-party interactive screen.
以传统电视节目画面的优先级高于多方交互画面的优先级为例,传统电视节目画面的面积大于多方交互画面的面积,且多方交互画面可以位于传统电视节目画面的一侧,也可以悬浮设置在传统电视节目画面的任意一个区域。Taking the priority of traditional TV program screens higher than the priority of multi-party interactive screens as an example, the area of traditional TV program screens is larger than that of multi-party interactive screens, and the multi-party interactive screens can be located on one side of the traditional TV program screen or can be set floating In any area of the traditional TV program screen.
显示设备200,一方面讲,可以是液晶显示器、OLED(Organic Light Emitting Diode)显示器、投影显示设备;另一方面讲,显示设备被可以是智能电视或显示器和机顶盒组成的显示系统。具体显示设备类型,尺寸大小和分辨率等不作限定,本领技术人员可以理解的是,显示设备200可以根据需要做性能和配置上的一些改变。The display device 200, on the one hand, may be a liquid crystal display, an OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode) display, or a projection display device; on the other hand, the display device may be a smart TV or a display system composed of a display and a set-top box. The specific display device type, size, resolution, etc. are not limited, and those skilled in the art can understand that the display device 200 can make some changes in performance and configuration as required.
显示设备200除了提供广播接收电视功能之外,还可以附加提供计算机支持功能的智能网络电视功能。示例的包括,网络电视、智能电视、互联网协议电视(IPTV)等。在一些实施例中,显示设备可以不具备广播接收电视功能。In addition to providing the broadcast receiving TV function, the display device 200 may additionally provide a smart network TV function that provides a computer support function. Examples include Internet TV, Smart TV, Internet Protocol TV (IPTV), and so on. In some embodiments, the display device may not have the function of broadcasting and receiving TV.
如图1所示,显示设备200上可以连接或设置有摄像头,用于将摄像头拍 摄到的画面呈现在显示设备或其他显示设备的显示界面上,以实现用户之间的交互聊天。具体的,摄像头拍摄到的画面可在显示设备上全屏显示、半屏显示、或者任意可选区域显示。As shown in FIG. 1, the display device 200 may be connected or provided with a camera for presenting the pictures taken by the camera on the display interface of the display device or other display devices, so as to realize interactive chats between users. Specifically, the picture captured by the camera can be displayed on the display device in full screen, half screen, or in any optional area.
作为一种在一些实施例中连接方式,摄像头通过连接板与显示设备的后壳连接,固定安装在显示设备的后壳的上侧中部,作为可安装的方式,可以固定安装在显示设备的后壳的任意位置,能保证其图像采集区域不被后壳遮挡即可,例如,图像采集区域与显示设备的显示朝向相同。As a connection method in some embodiments, the camera is connected to the rear shell of the display device through a connecting plate, and is fixedly installed on the upper middle of the rear shell of the display device. As an installable method, it can be fixedly installed on the rear of the display device. Any position of the shell can ensure that the image capture area is not blocked by the rear shell. For example, the image capture area and the display device have the same orientation.
作为另一种在一些实施例中连接方式,摄像头通过连接板或者其他可想到的连接器可升降的与显示设备后壳连接,连接器上安装有升降马达,当用户要使用摄像头或者有应用程序要使用摄像头时,再升出显示设备之上,当不需要使用摄像头时,其可内嵌到后壳之后,以达到保护摄像头免受损坏和保护用户的隐私安全。As another connection method in some embodiments, the camera can be connected to the rear shell of the display device through a connecting plate or other conceivable connectors. A lifting motor is installed on the connector. When the user wants to use the camera or has an application When the camera is to be used, it is raised above the display device. When the camera is not needed, it can be embedded behind the back shell to protect the camera from damage and protect the privacy of the user.
作为一种实施例,本申请所采用的摄像头可以为1700万像素,以达到超高清显示目的。在实际使用中,也可采用比1700万像素更高或更低的摄像头。As an embodiment, the camera used in this application may have 17 million pixels to achieve the purpose of ultra-high-definition display. In actual use, a camera with higher or lower than 17 million pixels can also be used.
当显示设备上安装有摄像头时,显示设备不同应用场景所显示的内容可得到多种不同方式的融合,从而达到传统显示设备无法实现的功能。When a camera is installed on the display device, the content displayed in different application scenarios of the display device can be merged in a variety of different ways, so as to achieve functions that cannot be achieved by traditional display devices.
示例性的,用户通过显示设备,可以在边观看视频节目的同时,与至少一位其他用户进行视频聊天。显示设备中,视频节目的呈现可作为背景画面,视频聊天的窗口显示在背景画面之上。形象的,可以称显示设备具有“边看边聊”的功能。Exemplarily, through the display device, the user can video chat with at least one other user while watching a video program. In the display device, the presentation of the video program can be used as the background picture, and the video chat window is displayed on the background picture. Visually, it can be said that the display device has the function of "watching and chatting".
在一些实施例中,在“边看边聊”的应用场景中,用户通过显示设备,在观看直播视频或网络视频的同时,跨终端的进行至少一路的视频聊天。In some embodiments, in the application scenario of “watching while chatting”, the user can use the display device to watch live video or network video while simultaneously conducting at least one video chat across terminals.
另一示例中,用户通过显示设备,可以在边进入教育应用学习的同时,与至少一位其他用户进行视频聊天。例如,学生在学习教育应用程序中内容的同时,可实现与老师的远程互动。形象的,可以称显示设备具有“边学边聊”的功能。In another example, the user can use the display device to start a video chat with at least one other user while entering the education application for learning. For example, students can realize remote interaction with teachers while learning content in educational applications. Visually, it can be said that the display device has the function of "learning while chatting".
另一示例中,用户通过显示设备,可以在玩纸牌游戏的同时,与进入游戏的玩家进行视频聊天。例如,玩家在进入游戏应用参与游戏时,可实现与其他玩家的远程互动。形象的,可以称显示设备具有“边看边玩”的功能。In another example, the user can use the display device to perform a video chat with players entering the game while playing a card game. For example, when a player enters a game application to participate in a game, it can realize remote interaction with other players. Visually, it can be said that the display device has the function of "watching and playing".
在一些实施例中,显示设备中,游戏场景与视频画面进行融合,将视频画 面中人像进行抠图,显示在游戏画面中,提升用户的体验。In some embodiments, in the display device, the game scene is merged with the video screen, and the portrait in the video screen is cut out and displayed on the game screen to improve the user experience.
在一些实施例中,显示设备中,在体感类游戏中(如打球类、拳击类、跑步类、跳舞类等),通过摄像头获取人体姿势和动作,肢体检测和追踪、人体骨骼关键点数据的检测,再与游戏画面进行融合,实现如体育、舞蹈等场景的游戏。In some embodiments, in the display device, in somatosensory games (such as ball games, boxing games, running games, dancing games, etc.), human body postures and movements, body detection and tracking, and key point data of human bones are acquired through the camera. Detection, and then fusion with the game screen, to achieve games such as sports, dance and other scenes.
另一示例中,用户通过显示设备,可以在K歌应用的同时,与至少一位其他用户进行视频和语音的交互。形象的,可以称显示设备具有“边看边唱”的功能。In another example, through the display device, the user can interact with at least one other user in video and voice while the K song is applied. Vividly, it can be said that the display device has the function of "watching and singing".
在一些实施例中,在“边看边唱”的应用场景中,用户通过显示设备,可以在聊天场景的同时,与其他用户共同完成一首歌的录制。In some embodiments, in the "watching and singing" application scenario, the user can use the display device to record a song with other users while chatting.
另一个示例中,用户通过显示设备,可在本地打开摄像头获取图片和视频。形象的,可以称显示设备具有“照镜子”的功能。In another example, the user can open the camera locally to obtain pictures and videos through the display device. Visually, it can be said that the display device has the function of "looking in the mirror".
在另一些示例中,显示设备还可以再增加更多功能或减少上述功能。本申请对该显示设备的功能不作具体限定。In other examples, the display device can also add more functions or reduce the above-mentioned functions. This application does not specifically limit the function of the display device.
图2a中示例性示出了根据示例性实施例中显示设备200中硬件系统的硬件结构示意图。为了便于说明,图2a中显示设备200以液晶显示器为例进行示意。Fig. 2a exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the hardware system in the display device 200 according to an exemplary embodiment. For ease of description, the display device 200 in FIG. 2a uses a liquid crystal display as an example for illustration.
图2a所示,显示设备200可以包括:第一面板11、第一背光组件12、第一后壳13、第一控制器14、第二控制器15、第一显示驱动电路16、第二面板21、第二背光组件22、第二后壳23、第二显示驱动电路24和电源组件30。另外,在一些实施例中,显示设备200还可以包括:底座或者悬挂支架。为了便于说明,图2a中显示设备200中以包含底座41进行举例示意,该底座41用于支撑显示设备200。值得说明的是,图中仅示出一种形式的底座设计,本领域技术人员可以根据产品需求设计不同形式的底座。As shown in FIG. 2a, the display device 200 may include: a first panel 11, a first backlight assembly 12, a first rear case 13, a first controller 14, a second controller 15, a first display driving circuit 16, and a second panel 21. The second backlight assembly 22, the second rear case 23, the second display driving circuit 24, and the power supply assembly 30. In addition, in some embodiments, the display device 200 may further include a base or a suspension bracket. For ease of description, the display device 200 in FIG. 2a includes a base 41 for illustration, and the base 41 is used to support the display device 200. It is worth noting that only one form of base design is shown in the figure, and those skilled in the art can design different forms of bases according to product requirements.
其中,第一面板11用于给用户呈现第一显示屏201的画面。在一些实施例中,第一面板11可以为液晶面板。例如,液晶面板可以从上到下依次包括:水平偏光板、彩色滤光片、液晶层、薄膜晶体管TFT、垂直偏光板、导光板和印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB),该印刷电路板PCB 17上设置有栅极驱动电路、源极驱动电路等驱动电路。其中,栅极驱动电路通过扫描线与薄膜晶体管TFT的栅极连接,源极驱动电路通过数据线与薄膜晶体管TFT的漏极连接。Among them, the first panel 11 is used to present a picture of the first display screen 201 to the user. In some embodiments, the first panel 11 may be a liquid crystal panel. For example, a liquid crystal panel may include, from top to bottom, a horizontal polarizer, a color filter, a liquid crystal layer, a thin film transistor TFT, a vertical polarizer, a light guide plate, and a printed circuit board (PCB). The printed circuit board The PCB 17 is provided with driving circuits such as a gate driving circuit and a source driving circuit. Wherein, the gate driving circuit is connected to the gate of the thin film transistor TFT through a scan line, and the source driving circuit is connected to the drain of the thin film transistor TFT through a data line.
其中,第一背光组件12位于第一面板11的下方,通常是一些光学组件,用于供应充足的亮度与分布均匀的光源,使第一面板11能正常显示影像。第一背光组件12还包括第一背板(图中未示出)。Wherein, the first backlight assembly 12 is located under the first panel 11, and is usually some optical components for supplying sufficient brightness and uniformly distributed light sources, so that the first panel 11 can display images normally. The first backlight assembly 12 also includes a first back plate (not shown in the figure).
其中,第一后壳13盖设在第一面板11上,以共同隐藏第一背光组件12、第一控制器14、第二控制器15和第一显示驱动电路16和电源组件30等显示设备200的零部件,起到美观的效果。Wherein, the first rear case 13 is covered on the first panel 11 to jointly hide the display devices such as the first backlight assembly 12, the first controller 14, the second controller 15, the first display driving circuit 16, the power supply assembly 30, etc. 200 parts, play a beautiful effect.
其中,第一控制器14、第二控制器15和第一显示驱动电路16和电源组件30设置于第一背板上,通常在第一背板上冲压形成一些凸包结构。第一控制器14、第二控制器15和第一显示驱动电路16和电源组件30通过螺钉或者挂钩固定在凸包上。第一控制器14、第二控制器15、第一显示驱动电路16和电源组件30可以共同设置在一个板子上,也可以分别设置不同的板子上,如第一控制器14设置在主板上,第二控制器15设置在交互板上,第一显示驱动电路16设置在第一显示驱动板上,电源组件30设置在电源板上,也可以组合设置在不同的板子上,也可以与第一背光组件12共同设置在一个板子上,具体可以根据实际需求进行设置,本申请对此不做限定。为了便于说明,图2a中将第一控制器14、第二控制器15和第一显示驱动电路16和电源组件30共设在一个板子上进行举例示意。Among them, the first controller 14, the second controller 15, the first display driving circuit 16 and the power supply assembly 30 are arranged on the first backplane, and some convex hull structures are usually stamped on the first backplane. The first controller 14, the second controller 15, the first display driving circuit 16 and the power supply assembly 30 are fixed on the convex hull by screws or hooks. The first controller 14, the second controller 15, the first display drive circuit 16 and the power supply assembly 30 can be arranged on one board together, or can be arranged on different boards, for example, the first controller 14 is arranged on a main board, The second controller 15 is arranged on the interactive board, the first display driving circuit 16 is arranged on the first display driving board, and the power supply assembly 30 is arranged on the power supply board. The backlight assembly 12 is jointly arranged on a board, which can be set according to actual needs, which is not limited in this application. For ease of description, in FIG. 2a, the first controller 14, the second controller 15, the first display driving circuit 16 and the power supply assembly 30 are all provided on one board for illustration.
其中,第一显示驱动电路16主要的功能是:通过第一控制器14传输的背光驱动信号,如PWM信号以及Localdimming信号,进行千级背光分区控制,此部分控制是根据图像内容变化的,以及在与第一控制器14之间建立握手后,接收第一控制器14发送的VbyOne显示信号,并将VbyOne显示信号转换为LVDS信号,实现第一显示屏201的图像画面显示。Among them, the main function of the first display driving circuit 16 is to perform a thousand-level backlight partition control through the backlight driving signal transmitted by the first controller 14, such as a PWM signal and a Localdimming signal. This part of the control is changed according to the image content, and After the handshake is established with the first controller 14, the VbyOne display signal sent by the first controller 14 is received, and the VbyOne display signal is converted into an LVDS signal to realize the image display of the first display screen 201.
其中,第二面板21用于给用户呈现第二显示屏202的画面。在一些实施例中,第二面板21可以为液晶面板,具体包含的结构可以参见前述内容的描述,此处不做赘述。Among them, the second panel 21 is used to present the screen of the second display screen 202 to the user. In some embodiments, the second panel 21 may be a liquid crystal panel, and the specific structure included can refer to the description of the foregoing content, which will not be repeated here.
其中,第二背光组件22位于第二面板12的下方,通常是一些光学组件,用于供应充足的亮度与分布均匀的光源,使第二面板12能正常显示影像。第二背光组件22还包括第二背板(图中未示出)。Wherein, the second backlight assembly 22 is located below the second panel 12, and is usually some optical components for supplying sufficient brightness and uniformly distributed light sources, so that the second panel 12 can display images normally. The second backlight assembly 22 also includes a second back plate (not shown in the figure).
其中,第二后壳23盖设在第二面板21上,以共同隐藏第二背光组件22和第二显示驱动电路24等显示设备200的零部件,起到美观的效果。Wherein, the second rear case 23 is covered on the second panel 21 to jointly hide the components of the display device 200 such as the second backlight assembly 22 and the second display driving circuit 24, which has a beautiful effect.
其中,第二显示驱动电路24设置于第二背板上,通常在第二背板上冲压形成一些凸包结构。第二显示驱动电路24通过螺钉或者挂钩固定在凸包上。第二显示驱动电路24可以单独设置在一个板子上,如第二显示驱动板上,也可以与第二背光组件22共同设置在一个板子上,具体可以根据实际需求进行设置,本申请对此不做限定。为了便于说明,图2a中将第二显示驱动电路24单独设在一个板子上进行举例示意。Wherein, the second display driving circuit 24 is disposed on the second backplane, and some convex hull structures are usually stamped on the second backplane. The second display driving circuit 24 is fixed on the convex hull by screws or hooks. The second display driving circuit 24 can be separately arranged on a board, such as a second display driving board, or it can be arranged on the same board together with the second backlight assembly 22, which can be set according to actual needs. This application does not Make a limit. For ease of description, the second display driving circuit 24 is separately provided on a board in FIG. 2a for illustration.
在一些实施例中,图2a中还包括按键板,按键板可以设置在第一背板上,也可以设置在第二背板上,本申请对此不做限定。且按键板上设置有多个按键和按键电路,使得第一控制器14或者第二控制器15可以从按键板上接收按键信号,也使得第一控制器14或者第二控制器15可以向按键板发送控制信号。In some embodiments, FIG. 2a also includes a key pad. The key pad may be provided on the first backplane or the second backplane, which is not limited in this application. And a plurality of buttons and button circuits are provided on the button board, so that the first controller 14 or the second controller 15 can receive the button signal from the button board, and the first controller 14 or the second controller 15 can also send the button to the button. The board sends control signals.
另外,显示设备200还包括声音再现装置(图中未示出)例如音响组件,如包括功率放大器(Amplifier,AMP)及扬声器(Speaker)的I2S接口等,用于实现声音的再现。通常音响组件至少能够实现两个声道的声音输出;当要实现全景声环绕的效果,则需要设置多个音响组件,输出多个声道的声音,这里不再具体展开说明。In addition, the display device 200 also includes a sound reproduction device (not shown in the figure), such as an audio component, such as an I2S interface including a power amplifier (AMP) and a speaker (Speaker), for realizing sound reproduction. Generally, audio components can achieve sound output of at least two channels; when the panoramic sound surround effect is to be achieved, multiple audio components need to be set to output multiple channels of sound, which will not be described in detail here.
需要说明的是,显示设备200还可以为OLED显示器,对应的,显示设备200所包含的模板发生相应的改变,如由于OLED显示器可以实现自发光,因此,OLED显示器中不需要背光组件(图2a中的第一背光组件12和第二背光组件22),此处不做过多说明。It should be noted that the display device 200 can also be an OLED display. Correspondingly, the template contained in the display device 200 is changed accordingly. For example, since the OLED display can realize self-luminescence, the OLED display does not require a backlight assembly (Figure 2a). The first backlight assembly 12 and the second backlight assembly 22) are not detailed here.
或者,如图2a所示以具有双显示屏的显示设备作为示例性说明,而在图2b中示例性示出了根据示例性实施例中显示设备中硬件系统的硬件结构示意图。Or, as shown in FIG. 2a, a display device with dual display screens is taken as an exemplary illustration, and FIG. 2b exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a hardware system in the display device according to an exemplary embodiment.
其中,如图2b所示的具有单显示屏的显示设备中,该显示设备包括:面板1、背光组件2、后壳3、控制器4、电源组件5和底座6。其中,面板1用于给用户呈现画面;背光组件2位于面板1的下方,通常是一些光学组件,用于供应充足的亮度与分布均匀的光源,使面板1能正常显示图像内容,背光组件2还包括背板20,控制器4和电源组件5设置于背板20上,通常在背板20上冲压形成一些凸包结构,控制器4和电源组件5通过螺钉或者挂钩固定在凸包上;后壳3盖设在面板1上,以共同隐藏背光组件2、控制器4和电源组件5等显示设备的零部件,起到美观的效果;底座6,用于支撑显示设备。Wherein, in the display device with a single display screen as shown in FIG. 2b, the display device includes: a panel 1, a backlight assembly 2, a rear case 3, a controller 4, a power supply assembly 5, and a base 6. Among them, the panel 1 is used to present images to the user; the backlight assembly 2 is located under the panel 1, usually some optical components, used to supply sufficient brightness and uniformly distributed light sources, so that the panel 1 can display image content normally, and the backlight assembly 2 It also includes a backplane 20. The controller 4 and the power supply assembly 5 are arranged on the backplane 20. Usually, some convex structures are stamped on the backplane 20, and the controller 4 and the power supply assembly 5 are fixed on the convex hulls by screws or hooks; The rear shell 3 is covered on the panel 1 to jointly hide the backlight assembly 2, the controller 4 and the power supply assembly 5 and other display device components, which has a beautiful effect; the base 6 is used to support the display device.
其中,控制器4和电源组件5可以单独设置在一个板子上,也可以共同设 置在一个板子上,也可以与背光组件共同设置在一个板子上,具体可以根据实际需求进行设置,本申请对此不做限定。为了便于说明,图2b中,控制器4和电源组件5共同设置在一个板上。Among them, the controller 4 and the power supply assembly 5 can be separately arranged on a board, can also be arranged on the same board together, or can be arranged on the same board together with the backlight assembly, which can be set according to actual needs. Not limited. For ease of description, in FIG. 2b, the controller 4 and the power supply assembly 5 are jointly arranged on a board.
图3示出了图2a中电源组件与负载的连接关系示意图,如图3所示,电源组件30包括输入端IN和输出端OUT(图中示出第一输出端OUT1、第二输出端OUT2、第三输出端OUT3\第四输出端OUT4和第五输出端OUT5),其中,输入端IN与交流电源AC(如市电)相连,输出端OUT与负载相连,比如,第一输出端OUT1和声音再现装置相连,第二输出端OUT2和第一面板11/第二面板21相连,第三输出端OUT3和第一背光组件12/第二背光组件22相连,第四输出端OUT4和第一控制器14/第二控制器15相连,第五输出端OUT5和第一显示驱动电路16/第二显示驱动电路24相连。其中,电源组件30需要将交流市电转换为负载所需求的直流电,并且,该直流电通常具有不同的规格,例如音响组件需要18V,第一控制器14需要12V/18V等。FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of the connection relationship between the power supply component and the load in FIG. 2a. As shown in FIG. 3, the power supply component 30 includes an input terminal IN and an output terminal OUT (the first output terminal OUT1 and the second output terminal OUT2 are shown in the figure. , The third output terminal OUT3\the fourth output terminal OUT4 and the fifth output terminal OUT5), where the input terminal IN is connected to an alternating current power supply AC (such as mains), and the output terminal OUT is connected to the load, for example, the first output terminal OUT1 Connected to the sound reproduction device, the second output terminal OUT2 is connected to the first panel 11/the second panel 21, the third output terminal OUT3 is connected to the first backlight assembly 12/the second backlight assembly 22, and the fourth output terminal OUT4 is connected to the first The controller 14/the second controller 15 are connected, and the fifth output terminal OUT5 is connected with the first display driving circuit 16/the second display driving circuit 24. Among them, the power supply assembly 30 needs to convert AC mains power into DC power required by the load, and the DC power usually has different specifications, for example, the audio component requires 18V, the first controller 14 requires 12V/18V, and so on.
本申请可以采用单电源控制结构、双电源控制结构或者多电源控制结构。下面,为了便于说明,在图2a所示实施例的基础上,结合图4,以双电源控制结构为例进行实例性举例。This application can adopt a single power supply control structure, a dual power supply control structure, or a multi-power supply control structure. In the following, for ease of description, on the basis of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2a and in conjunction with FIG. 4, an example is given with a dual power supply control structure as an example.
图4示出了本申请中一种电源架构的具体介绍。参考图2a和图4,电源组件30主要可以由并联连接的第一电源电路31和第二电源电路32构成。第一电源电路31和第二电源电路32的架构基本相同,接下来主要以第一电源电路31为例进行详细介绍工作原理。Figure 4 shows a specific introduction of a power supply architecture in this application. 2a and 4, the power supply assembly 30 may be mainly composed of a first power supply circuit 31 and a second power supply circuit 32 connected in parallel. The structure of the first power supply circuit 31 and the second power supply circuit 32 are basically the same. Next, the first power supply circuit 31 is taken as an example to introduce the working principle in detail.
第一电源电路31可以包括依次连接的第一整流滤波电路、第一PFC电路和第一LLC电路。The first power supply circuit 31 may include a first rectification filter circuit, a first PFC circuit, and a first LLC circuit connected in sequence.
其中,第一整流滤波电路可以具体包括:整流桥和滤波器,整流桥用于对输入的交流电进行整流,向功率因数校正(Power Factor Correction,PFC)电路输入全波信号。在交流电源AC输入第一PFC电路之前,可以连接有电磁干扰(Electromagnetic Interference,EMI)滤波器,对输入的交流电源进行高频滤波。The first rectifying and filtering circuit may specifically include: a rectifying bridge and a filter. The rectifying bridge is used to rectify the input AC power and input a full-wave signal to a power factor correction (PFC) circuit. Before the AC power source AC is input into the first PFC circuit, an electromagnetic interference (Electromagnetic Interference, EMI) filter may be connected to perform high frequency filtering on the input AC power source.
第一PFC电路一般包括PFC电感、开关功率器件和PFC控制芯片,主要对输入的交流电源(Alternating Current,AC)进行功率因数校正,向第一谐振变换器(LLC)电路输出稳定的直流母线电压(如380V)。第一PFC电路可以 有效提高电源的功率因数,保证电压和电流同相位。The first PFC circuit generally includes a PFC inductor, a switching power device, and a PFC control chip. It mainly performs power factor correction on the input AC power (Alternating Current, AC), and outputs a stable DC bus voltage to the first resonant converter (LLC) circuit. (Such as 380V). The first PFC circuit can effectively improve the power factor of the power supply and ensure that the voltage and current are in the same phase.
第一LLC电路可以采用双MOS管LLC谐振变换电路,还可以包括脉冲频率调整(Pulse frequency modulation,PFM)电路、电容以及电感等元器件。第一LLC电路具体可以对第一PFC电路输入的直流母线电压进行降压或升压,并输出恒定的电压给负载。这里,负载可以包括如图3所示的负载。通常,第一LLC电路能够输出多种不同的电压,以满足负载的需求。例如,第一LLC电路向第一控制器14供电,第一LLC电路向第一背光组件12供电等。又如,第一控制器14还可以控制第一LLC电路向第二控制器15、第一显示驱动电路16、第二显示驱动电路24、按键板以及第二背光组件22进行供电(如12V或者18V等幅值大小的供电电压),保证各个板子能够工作。The first LLC circuit may use a dual MOS tube LLC resonant conversion circuit, and may also include a pulse frequency modulation (Pulse frequency modulation, PFM) circuit, capacitors, inductors and other components. The first LLC circuit can specifically step down or step up the DC bus voltage input by the first PFC circuit, and output a constant voltage to the load. Here, the load may include the load as shown in FIG. 3. Generally, the first LLC circuit can output a variety of different voltages to meet the needs of the load. For example, the first LLC circuit supplies power to the first controller 14, the first LLC circuit supplies power to the first backlight assembly 12, and so on. For another example, the first controller 14 can also control the first LLC circuit to supply power (such as 12V or 12V) to the second controller 15, the first display drive circuit 16, the second display drive circuit 24, the keypad, and the second backlight assembly 22. 18V power supply voltage of equal magnitude) to ensure that each board can work.
在一些实施例中,第一电源电路31还可以包括第一同步整流电路(图中未示出),可以包括变压器、控制器、两个MOS管以及二极管,该电路直接能够输出稳定的目标电压,例如12V或18V等。值得说明的,第一同步整流电路可以单独设置,也可以设置在第一LLC电路中。In some embodiments, the first power supply circuit 31 may also include a first synchronous rectification circuit (not shown in the figure), which may include a transformer, a controller, two MOS transistors, and a diode. The circuit can directly output a stable target voltage. , Such as 12V or 18V, etc. It is worth noting that the first synchronous rectification circuit can be provided separately or in the first LLC circuit.
第一电源电路31还可以包括继电器,用于控制向第二电源电路32供电。The first power supply circuit 31 may also include a relay for controlling power supply to the second power supply circuit 32.
第二电源电路32可以包括依次连接的第二整流滤波电路、第二PFC电路和第二LLC电路。其中,第二电源电路32的交流电来源于第一电源电路31或者市电,第二LLC电路可以实现第一背光组件12的供电等。其余的各个电路的介绍参考第一电源电路31的介绍。在一些实施例中,第二电源电路32还包括第二同步整流电路,其中第二同步整流电路可参考第一同步整流电路的实现形式。The second power supply circuit 32 may include a second rectification filter circuit, a second PFC circuit, and a second LLC circuit connected in sequence. Wherein, the AC power of the second power circuit 32 is derived from the first power circuit 31 or commercial power, and the second LLC circuit can realize the power supply of the first backlight assembly 12 and so on. Refer to the introduction of the first power supply circuit 31 for the introduction of the remaining circuits. In some embodiments, the second power supply circuit 32 further includes a second synchronous rectification circuit, wherein the second synchronous rectification circuit can refer to the implementation form of the first synchronous rectification circuit.
需要说明的是,图4中的箭头均用于表示电源组件30直接或间接向显示设备200中除了电源组件之外的其他部件进行供电。另外,第一电源电路31除了实现供电之外,还可以向第一显示驱动电路16输出第一背光指示信号。第二电源电路32除了向实现供电之外,可以向第一显示驱动电路16输出第二背光指示信号。It should be noted that the arrows in FIG. 4 are all used to indicate that the power supply assembly 30 directly or indirectly supplies power to other components of the display device 200 except for the power supply assembly. In addition, in addition to realizing power supply, the first power supply circuit 31 can also output a first backlight indication signal to the first display driving circuit 16. In addition to supplying power to the implementation, the second power supply circuit 32 may output a second backlight indication signal to the first display driving circuit 16.
其中,第一背光指示信号用于指示打开第一显示屏201(即第一面板11)中第一区域的背光光源。第二背光指示信号用于指示打开第一显示屏201(即第一面板11)中第二区域的背光光源。第一区域和第二区域共同构成第一显示屏201可显示的部分或者全部区域。The first backlight indication signal is used to instruct to turn on the backlight light source of the first area in the first display screen 201 (ie, the first panel 11). The second backlight indication signal is used to instruct to turn on the backlight light source of the second area in the first display screen 201 (ie, the first panel 11). The first area and the second area together constitute part or all of the area that can be displayed on the first display screen 201.
为便于表述,以下将双硬件系统架构中的一个硬件系统称为第一硬件系统或第一控制器,并将另一个硬件系统称为第二硬件系统或第二控制器。第一控制器包含第一控制器的各类处理器、各类接口,及通过各类接口与第一控制器相连的各类电路,第二控制器则包含第二控制器的各类处理器、各类接口,及通过各类接口与第二控制器相连的各类电路。第一控制器及第二控制器中可以各自安装有相对独立的操作系统,第一控制器的操作系统和第二控制器的操作系统可以通过通信协议相互通信,示例性的:第一控制器的操作系统的framework层和第二控制器的操作系统的framework层可以进行通信进行命令和数据的传输,从而使显示设备200中存在两个在独立但又存在相互关联的子系统。For ease of description, in the following, one hardware system in the dual hardware system architecture is referred to as the first hardware system or the first controller, and the other hardware system is referred to as the second hardware system or the second controller. The first controller includes various processors of the first controller, various interfaces, and various circuits connected to the first controller through various interfaces, and the second controller includes various processors of the second controller , Various interfaces, and various circuits connected to the second controller through various interfaces. A relatively independent operating system may be installed in the first controller and the second controller, and the operating system of the first controller and the operating system of the second controller may communicate with each other through a communication protocol, for example: the first controller The framework layer of the operating system of the second controller and the framework layer of the operating system of the second controller can communicate for command and data transmission, so that there are two independent but interrelated subsystems in the display device 200.
下面结合图5对本申请双硬件系统架构进行进一步的说明。需要说明的是图5仅仅是对本申请双硬件系统架构的一个示例性说明,并不表示对本申请的限定。在实际应用中,两个硬件系统均可根据需要包含更多或更少的硬件或接口。The dual hardware system architecture of the present application will be further described below in conjunction with FIG. 5. It should be noted that FIG. 5 is only an exemplary description of the dual hardware system architecture of the present application, and does not represent a limitation to the present application. In practical applications, both hardware systems can contain more or less hardware or interfaces as required.
图5中示例性示出了根据图2a所示显示设备200的硬件架构框图。如图5所示,显示设备200的硬件系统以包括第一控制器210(即图2a中的第一控制器14)和第二控制器310(即图2a中的第二控制器15),以及通过各类接口与第一控制器210或第二控制器310相连接的电路。Fig. 5 exemplarily shows a block diagram of the hardware architecture of the display device 200 shown in Fig. 2a. As shown in FIG. 5, the hardware system of the display device 200 includes a first controller 210 (ie, the first controller 14 in FIG. 2a) and a second controller 310 (ie, the second controller 15 in FIG. 2a). And circuits connected to the first controller 210 or the second controller 310 through various interfaces.
在一些实施例中,第一控制器210主要实现传统电视功能(比如可以外接机顶盒等),并可以控制第一显示屏280(即图1中的第一显示屏201)显示相应的图像内容。第二控制器310可以用于接收第一控制器210发送的指令,并控制第二显示屏380(即图1中的第二显示屏202)显示相应的图像内容。In some embodiments, the first controller 210 mainly implements traditional TV functions (for example, an external set-top box, etc.), and can control the first display screen 280 (ie, the first display screen 201 in FIG. 1) to display corresponding image content. The second controller 310 may be used to receive instructions sent by the first controller 210, and control the second display screen 380 (ie, the second display screen 202 in FIG. 1) to display corresponding image content.
与第一控制器210连接的电路可以包括调谐解调器220、通信器230、外部装置接口250、存储器290、用户输入接口260-3、视频处理器260-1、音频处理器260-2、第一显示屏280(即图2a中的第一显示屏201)、音频输出接口270、供电电路240。在其他实施例中,第一控制器210也可以包括连接更多或更少的电路。The circuit connected to the first controller 210 may include a tuner and demodulator 220, a communicator 230, an external device interface 250, a memory 290, a user input interface 260-3, a video processor 260-1, an audio processor 260-2, The first display screen 280 (ie, the first display screen 201 in FIG. 2a), the audio output interface 270, and the power supply circuit 240. In other embodiments, the first controller 210 may also include more or less circuits connected.
其中,调谐解调器220,用于对通过有线或无线方式接收广播电视信号,进行放大、混频和谐振等调制解调处理,从而从多个无线或有线广播电视信号中解调出用户所选择电视频道的频率中所携带的音视频信号,以及附加信息(例 如EPG数据信号)。根据电视信号广播制式不同,调谐解调器220的信号途径可以有很多种,诸如:地面广播、有线广播、卫星广播或互联网广播等;以及根据调制类型不同,所述信号的调整方式可以数字调制方式,也可以模拟调制方式;以及根据接收电视信号种类不同,调谐解调器220可以解调模拟信号和/或数字信号。Among them, the tuner and demodulator 220 is used to perform modulation and demodulation processing such as amplification, mixing, and resonance on the broadcast and television signals received through wired or wireless methods, so as to demodulate the user’s information from multiple wireless or cable broadcast and television signals. Select the audio and video signals carried in the frequency of the TV channel, as well as additional information (such as EPG data signals). According to different television signal broadcasting systems, the signal path of the tuner and demodulator 220 can have many kinds, such as: terrestrial broadcasting, cable broadcasting, satellite broadcasting or Internet broadcasting, etc.; and according to different modulation types, the signal adjustment method can be digitally modulated The method may also be an analog modulation method; and according to different types of received television signals, the tuner demodulator 220 may demodulate analog signals and/or digital signals.
调谐解调器220,还用于根据用户选择,以及由第一控制器210控制,响应用户选择的电视频道频率以及该频率所携带的电视信号。The tuner and demodulator 220 is also used to respond to the TV channel frequency selected by the user and the TV signal carried by the frequency according to the user's selection and control by the first controller 210.
在其他一些示例性实施例中,调谐解调器220也可在外置设备中,如外置机顶盒等。这样,机顶盒通过调制解调后输出电视音视频信号,经过外部装置接口250输入至显示设备200中。In some other exemplary embodiments, the tuner demodulator 220 may also be in an external device, such as an external set-top box. In this way, the set-top box outputs TV audio and video signals through modulation and demodulation, and inputs them to the display device 200 through the external device interface 250.
通信器230是用于根据各种通信协议类型与外部设备或外部服务器进行通信的组件。例如:通信器230可以包括WIFI电路231,蓝牙通信协议电路232,有线以太网通信协议电路233,及红外通信协议电路等其他网络通信协议电路或近场通信协议电路(图中未示出)。The communicator 230 is a component for communicating with external devices or external servers according to various communication protocol types. For example, the communicator 230 may include a WIFI circuit 231, a Bluetooth communication protocol circuit 232, a wired Ethernet communication protocol circuit 233, and an infrared communication protocol circuit and other network communication protocol circuits or near field communication protocol circuits (not shown in the figure).
显示设备200可以通过通信器230与外部控制设备或内容提供设备之间建立控制信号和数据信号的连接。例如,通信器可根据第一控制器210的控制接收遥控器100的控制信号。The display device 200 may establish a control signal and a data signal connection with an external control device or content providing device through the communicator 230. For example, the communicator may receive a control signal of the remote controller 100 according to the control of the first controller 210.
外部装置接口250,是提供第一控制器210和第二控制器310或外部其他设备间数据传输的组件。外部装置接口250可按照有线/无线方式与诸如机顶盒、游戏装置、笔记本电脑等的外部设备连接,可接收外部设备的诸如视频信号(例如运动图像)、音频信号(例如音乐)、附加信息(例如EPG)等数据。The external device interface 250 is a component that provides data transmission between the first controller 210 and the second controller 310 or other external devices. The external device interface 250 can be connected to external devices such as set-top boxes, game devices, notebook computers, etc. in a wired/wireless manner, and can receive external devices such as video signals (such as moving images), audio signals (such as music), and additional information (such as EPG) and other data.
其中,外部装置接口250可以包括:高清多媒体接口(HDMI)端子也称之为HDMI 251、复合视频消隐同步(CVBS)端子也称之为AV 252、模拟或数字分量端子也称之为分量253、通用串行总线(USB)端子254、红绿蓝(RGB)端子(图中未示出)等任一个或多个。本申请不对外部装置接口的数量和类型进行限制。Among them, the external device interface 250 may include: a high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI) terminal is also called HDMI 251, a composite video blanking synchronization (CVBS) terminal is also called AV 252, and an analog or digital component terminal is also called component 253. , Any one or more of universal serial bus (USB) terminals 254, red, green and blue (RGB) terminals (not shown in the figure), etc. This application does not limit the number and types of external device interfaces.
第一控制器210,通过运行存储在存储器290上的各种软件控制程序(如操作系统和/或各种应用程序),来控制显示设备200的工作和响应用户的操作。The first controller 210 controls the work of the display device 200 and responds to user operations by running various software control programs (such as an operating system and/or various application programs) stored on the memory 290.
如图5所示,第一控制器210包括只读存储器RAM 213、随机存取存储器ROM 214、图形处理器216、CPU处理器212、通信接口218、以及通信总线。 其中,RAM 213和ROM 214以及图形处理器216、CPU处理器212、通信接口218通过总线相连接。As shown in FIG. 5, the first controller 210 includes a read-only memory RAM 213, a random access memory ROM 214, a graphics processor 216, a CPU processor 212, a communication interface 218, and a communication bus. Among them, the RAM 213 and the ROM 214, the graphics processor 216, the CPU processor 212, and the communication interface 218 are connected by a bus.
ROM 213,用于存储各种系统启动的指令。如在收到开机信号时,显示设备200电源开始启动,CPU处理器212运行ROM中系统启动指令,将存储在存储器290的操作系统拷贝至RAM 214中,以开始运行启动操作系统。当操作系统启动完成后,CPU处理器212再将存储器290中各种应用程序拷贝至RAM214中,然后,开始运行启动各种应用程序。 ROM 213, used to store various system startup instructions. For example, when the power-on signal is received, the power of the display device 200 starts to start, and the CPU processor 212 runs the system start-up instruction in the ROM, and copies the operating system stored in the memory 290 to the RAM 214 to start the operating system. After the operating system is started, the CPU processor 212 copies various application programs in the memory 290 to the RAM 214, and then starts to run and start various application programs.
图形处理器216,用于产生各种图形对象,如:图标、操作菜单、以及用户输入指令显示图形等。包括运算器,通过接收用户输入各种交互指令进行运算,根据显示属性显示各种对象。以及包括渲染器,产生基于运算器得到的各种对象,进行渲染的结果显示在第一显示屏280上。The graphics processor 216 is used to generate various graphics objects, such as icons, operation menus, and user input instructions to display graphics. Including an arithmetic unit, which performs operations by receiving various interactive commands input by the user, and displays various objects according to the display attributes. It also includes a renderer, which generates various objects obtained based on the arithmetic unit, and displays the result of the rendering on the first display screen 280.
CPU处理器212,用于执行存储在存储器290中操作系统和应用程序指令。以及根据接收外部输入的各种交互指令,来执行各种应用程序、数据和内容,以便最终显示和播放各种音视频内容。The CPU processor 212 is configured to execute operating system and application program instructions stored in the memory 290. And according to receiving various interactive instructions input from the outside, to execute various application programs, data and content, so as to finally display and play various audio and video content.
在一些示例性实施例中,CPU处理器212,可以包括多个处理器。所述多个处理器中可包括一个主处理器以及多个或一个子处理器。主处理器,用于在预加电模式中执行显示设备200一些操作,和/或在正常模式下显示画面的操作。多个或一个子处理器,用于执行在待机模式等状态下的一种操作。In some exemplary embodiments, the CPU processor 212 may include multiple processors. The multiple processors may include one main processor and multiple or one sub-processors. The main processor is used to perform some operations of the display device 200 in the pre-power-on mode, and/or to display images in the normal mode. Multiple or one sub-processor, used to perform an operation in the standby mode and other states.
通信接口218,可包括第一接口218-1到第n接口218-n。这些接口可以是经由网络被连接到外部设备的网络接口。The communication interface 218 may include a first interface 218-1 to an nth interface 218-n. These interfaces may be network interfaces connected to external devices via a network.
第一控制器210可以控制显示设备200与第一显示屏280相关的操作。例如:响应于接收到用于选择在第一显示屏280上显示UI对象的用户命令,第一控制屏210便可以执行与由用户命令选择的对象有关的操作。The first controller 210 may control operations of the display device 200 related to the first display screen 280. For example, in response to receiving a user command for selecting a UI object to be displayed on the first display screen 280, the first control screen 210 may perform an operation related to the object selected by the user command.
第一控制器210可以控制显示设备200与第二显示屏380相关的操作。例如:响应于接收到用于选择在第二显示屏380上显示UI对象的用户命令,第一控制屏210便可以执行与由用户命令选择的对象有关的操作。The first controller 210 may control the operation of the display device 200 related to the second display screen 380. For example, in response to receiving a user command for selecting a UI object to be displayed on the second display screen 380, the first control screen 210 may perform an operation related to the object selected by the user command.
其中,所述对象可以是可选对象中的任何一个,例如超链接或图标。与所选择的对象有关操作,例如:显示连接到超链接页面、文档、图像等操作,或者执行与图标相对应程序的操作。用于选择UI对象用户命令,可以是通过连接到显示设备200的各种输入装置(例如,鼠标、键盘、触摸板等)输入命令或 者与由用户说出语音相对应的语音命令。Wherein, the object may be any one of the selectable objects, such as a hyperlink or an icon. Operations related to the selected object, for example: display operations connected to hyperlink pages, documents, images, etc., or perform operations corresponding to the icon. The user command for selecting the UI object may be a command input through various input devices (e.g., mouse, keyboard, touch pad, etc.) connected to the display device 200 or a voice command corresponding to the voice spoken by the user.
存储器290,包括存储用于驱动和控制显示设备200的各种软件电路。如:存储器290中存储的各种软件电路,包括:基础电路、检测电路、通信电路、显示控制电路、浏览器电路、和各种服务电路等(图中未示出)。The memory 290 includes storing various software circuits for driving and controlling the display device 200. For example, various software circuits stored in the memory 290 include: basic circuits, detection circuits, communication circuits, display control circuits, browser circuits, and various service circuits (not shown in the figure).
其中,基础电路是用于显示设备200中各个硬件之间信号通信、并向上层电路发送处理和控制信号的底层软件电路。检测电路是用于从各种传感器或用户输入接口中收集各种信息,并进行数模转换以及分析管理的管理电路。语音识别电路中包括语音解析电路和语音指令数据库电路。显示控制电路是用于控制第一显示屏280进行显示图像内容的电路,可以用于播放多媒体图像内容和UI界面等信息。通信电路,是用于与外部设备之间进行控制和数据通信的电路。浏览器电路,是用于执行浏览服务器之间数据通信的电路。服务电路,是用于提供各种服务以及各类应用程序在内的电路。Among them, the basic circuit is a low-level software circuit used for signal communication between various hardware in the display device 200 and sending processing and control signals to the upper-level circuit. The detection circuit is a management circuit used to collect various information from various sensors or user input interfaces, and perform digital-to-analog conversion, analysis and management. The voice recognition circuit includes a voice analysis circuit and a voice command database circuit. The display control circuit is a circuit for controlling the first display screen 280 to display image content, and can be used to play information such as multimedia image content and UI interfaces. The communication circuit is a circuit used for control and data communication with external devices. The browser circuit is a circuit used to perform data communication between browsing servers. The service circuit is a circuit used to provide various services and various applications.
同时,存储器290还用于存储接收外部数据和用户数据、各种用户界面中各个项目的图像以及焦点对象的视觉效果图等。At the same time, the memory 290 is also used to store and receive external data and user data, images of various items in various user interfaces, and visual effect diagrams of focus objects, and the like.
用户输入接口260-3,用于将用户的输入信号发送给第一控制器210,或者,将从第一控制器210输出的信号传送给用户。示例性的,控制装置(例如移动终端或遥控器)可将用户输入的诸如电源开关信号、频道选择信号、音量调节信号等输入信号发送至用户输入接口,再由用户输入接口260-3转送至第一控制器210;或者,控制装置可接收经第一控制器210处理从用户输入接口260-3输出的音频、视频或数据等输出信号,并且显示接收的输出信号或将接收的输出信号输出为音频或振动形式。The user input interface 260-3 is used to send a user's input signal to the first controller 210, or to transmit a signal output from the first controller 210 to the user. Exemplarily, the control device (such as a mobile terminal or a remote control) can send input signals input by the user, such as a power switch signal, a channel selection signal, and a volume adjustment signal, to the user input interface, and then forward the input signal to the user input interface 260-3. The first controller 210; or, the control device may receive output signals such as audio, video, or data output from the user input interface 260-3 processed by the first controller 210, and display the received output signal or output the received output signal It is in the form of audio or vibration.
在一些实施例中,用户可在第一显示屏280上显示的图形用户界面(GUI)输入用户命令,则用户输入接口260-3通过图形用户界面(GUI)接收用户输入命令。或者,用户可通过输入特定的声音或手势进行输入用户命令,则用户输入接口260-3通过传感器识别出声音或手势,来接收用户输入命令。In some embodiments, the user may input a user command on a graphical user interface (GUI) displayed on the first display screen 280, and the user input interface 260-3 receives the user input command through the graphical user interface (GUI). Alternatively, the user may input a user command by inputting a specific sound or gesture, and the user input interface 260-3 recognizes the sound or gesture through a sensor to receive the user input command.
视频处理器260-1,用于接收视频信号,根据输入信号的标准编解码协议,进行解压缩、解码、缩放、降噪、帧率转换、分辨率转换、图像合成等视频数据处理,可得到直接在第一显示屏280上显示或播放的视频信号。The video processor 260-1 is used to receive video signals, and perform video data processing such as decompression, decoding, scaling, noise reduction, frame rate conversion, resolution conversion, and image synthesis according to the standard codec protocol of the input signal. The video signal is directly displayed or played on the first display screen 280.
示例的,视频处理器260-1,包括解复用电路、视频解码电路、图像合成电路、帧率转换电路、显示格式化电路等(图中未示出)。Illustratively, the video processor 260-1 includes a demultiplexing circuit, a video decoding circuit, an image synthesis circuit, a frame rate conversion circuit, a display formatting circuit, etc. (not shown in the figure).
其中,解复用电路,用于对输入音视频数据流进行解复用处理,如输入MPEG-2,则解复用电路进行解复用成视频信号和音频信号等。Among them, the demultiplexing circuit is used to demultiplex the input audio and video data stream. For example, if MPEG-2 is input, the demultiplexing circuit will demultiplex into a video signal and an audio signal.
视频解码电路,用于对解复用后的视频信号进行处理,包括解码和缩放处理等。The video decoding circuit is used to process the demultiplexed video signal, including decoding and scaling.
图像合成电路,如图像合成器,其用于将图形生成器根据用户输入或自身生成的GUI信号,与缩放处理后视频画面进行叠加混合处理,以生成可供显示的图像信号。An image synthesis circuit, such as an image synthesizer, is used to superimpose and mix the GUI signal generated by the graphics generator with the zoomed video image according to user input or itself to generate an image signal for display.
帧率转换电路,用于对输入视频的帧率进行转换,如将输入的24Hz、25Hz、30Hz、60Hz视频的帧率转换为60Hz、120Hz或240Hz的帧率,其中,输入帧率可以与源视频流有关,输出帧率可以与显示设备的刷新率有关。显示格式化电路,用于将帧率转换电路输出的信号,改变为符合诸如显示设备显示格式的信号,如将帧率转换电路输出的信号进行格式转换以输出RGB数据信号。Frame rate conversion circuit, used to convert the frame rate of the input video, such as converting the frame rate of the input 24Hz, 25Hz, 30Hz, 60Hz video to the frame rate of 60Hz, 120Hz or 240Hz, where the input frame rate can be the same as the source The video stream is related, and the output frame rate can be related to the refresh rate of the display device. The display formatting circuit is used to change the signal output by the frame rate conversion circuit into a signal conforming to the display format of a display device, for example, format the signal output by the frame rate conversion circuit to output RGB data signals.
第一显示屏280,用于接收源自视频处理器260-1输入的图像信号,进行显示视频内容和图像以及菜单操控界面第一显示屏280包括用于呈现画面的显示屏组件以及驱动图像显示的驱动组件。显示视频内容,可以来自调谐解调器220接收的广播信号中的视频,也可以来自通信器或外部设备接口输入的视频内容。第一显示屏280,同时显示显示设备200中产生且用于控制显示设备200的用户操控界面UI。The first display screen 280 is used to receive the image signal input from the video processor 260-1, display video content and images, and the menu control interface. The first display screen 280 includes a display screen component for presenting images and driving image display Drive components. The displayed video content can be from the video in the broadcast signal received by the tuner and demodulator 220, or from the video content input by the communicator or the interface of an external device. The first display screen 280 simultaneously displays a user manipulation interface UI generated in the display device 200 and used to control the display device 200.
以及,根据第一显示屏280类型不同,还包括用于驱动显示的驱动组件。或者,倘若第一显示屏280为一种投影显示屏,还可以包括一种投影装置和投影屏幕。And, depending on the type of the first display screen 280, it also includes a driving component for driving the display. Alternatively, if the first display screen 280 is a projection display screen, it may also include a projection device and a projection screen.
音频处理器260-2,用于接收音频信号,根据输入信号的标准编解码协议,进行解压缩和解码,以及降噪、数模转换和放大处理等音频数据处理,得到可以在扬声器272中播放的音频信号。The audio processor 260-2 is used to receive audio signals, and perform decompression and decoding according to the standard codec protocol of the input signal, as well as audio data processing such as noise reduction, digital-to-analog conversion, and amplification processing, so that it can be played in the speaker 272 Audio signal.
音频输出接口270,用于在第一控制器210的控制下接收音频处理器260-2输出的音频信号,音频输出接口可包括扬声器272,或输出至外接设备的发生装置的外接音响输出端子274,如:外接音响端子或耳机输出端子等。The audio output interface 270 is used to receive the audio signal output by the audio processor 260-2 under the control of the first controller 210. The audio output interface may include a speaker 272, or output to an external audio output terminal 274 of a generator of an external device , Such as: external audio terminal or headphone output terminal, etc.
在其他一些示例性实施例中,视频处理器260-1可以包括一个或多个芯片组成。音频处理器260-2,也可以包括一个或多个芯片组成。In some other exemplary embodiments, the video processor 260-1 may include one or more chips. The audio processor 260-2 may also include one or more chips.
以及,在其他一些示例性实施例中,视频处理器260-1和音频处理器260-2, 可以为单独的芯片,也可以与第一控制器210一起集成在一个或多个芯片中。And, in some other exemplary embodiments, the video processor 260-1 and the audio processor 260-2 may be separate chips, or may be integrated with the first controller 210 in one or more chips.
供电电路240,用于在第一控制器210控制下,将外部电源输入的电力为显示设备200提供电源供电支持。供电电路240可以包括安装显示设备200内部的内置电源电路,也可以是安装在显示设备200外部的电源,如在显示设备200中提供外接电源的电源接口。The power supply circuit 240 is configured to provide power supply support for the display device 200 with power input from an external power supply under the control of the first controller 210. The power supply circuit 240 may include a built-in power supply circuit installed inside the display device 200, or may be a power supply installed outside the display device 200, such as a power interface for providing an external power supply in the display device 200.
与第一控制器210相类似,如图5所示,与第二控制器310连接的电路可以包括通信器330、检测器340、存储器390、第二显示屏380(即图1中的第二显示屏202)。在某些实施例中还可以包括用户输入接口、视频处理器、音频处理器、音频输出接口(图中未示出)。在某些实施例中,也可以存在独立为第二控制器310供电的供电电路(图中未示出)。Similar to the first controller 210, as shown in FIG. 5, the circuit connected to the second controller 310 may include a communicator 330, a detector 340, a memory 390, and a second display screen 380 (ie, the second display in FIG. Display 202). In some embodiments, it may also include a user input interface, a video processor, an audio processor, and an audio output interface (not shown in the figure). In some embodiments, there may also be a power supply circuit (not shown in the figure) that independently supplies power to the second controller 310.
通信器330是用于根据各种通信协议类型与外部设备或外部服务器进行通信的组件。例如:通信器330可以包括WIFI电路331,蓝牙通信协议电路332,有线以太网通信协议电路333,及红外通信协议电路等其他网络通信协议电路或近场通信协议电路(图中未示出)。The communicator 330 is a component for communicating with external devices or external servers according to various communication protocol types. For example, the communicator 330 may include a WIFI circuit 331, a Bluetooth communication protocol circuit 332, a wired Ethernet communication protocol circuit 333, and an infrared communication protocol circuit and other network communication protocol circuits or near field communication protocol circuits (not shown in the figure).
第二控制器310的通信器330和第一控制器210的通信器230也有相互交互。例如,第一控制器210硬件系统内的WiFi电路231用于连接外部网络,与外部服务器等产生网络通信。第二控制器310硬件系统内的WiFi电路331用于连接至第一控制器210的WiFi电路231,而不与外界网络等产生直接连接,第二控制器310通过第一控制器210连接外部网络。因此,对于用户而言,一个如上述实施例中的显示设备至对外显示一个WiFi账号。The communicator 330 of the second controller 310 and the communicator 230 of the first controller 210 also interact with each other. For example, the WiFi circuit 231 in the hardware system of the first controller 210 is used to connect to an external network, and to generate network communication with an external server or the like. The WiFi circuit 331 in the hardware system of the second controller 310 is used to connect to the WiFi circuit 231 of the first controller 210 without direct connection with the external network, etc., and the second controller 310 connects to the external network through the first controller 210 . Therefore, for the user, a display device as in the above embodiment may display a WiFi account to the outside.
检测器340,是第二控制器310用于采集外部环境或与外部交互的信号的组件。检测器340可以包括光接收器342,用于采集环境光线强度的传感器,可以通过采集环境光来自适应显示参数变化等;还可以包括图像采集器341,如相机、摄像头等,可以用于采集外部环境场景,以及用于采集用户的属性或与用户交互手势,可以自适应变化显示参数,也可以识别用户手势,以实现与用户之间互动的功能。The detector 340 is a component used by the second controller 310 to collect signals from the external environment or interact with the outside. The detector 340 may include a light receiver 342, a sensor used to collect the intensity of ambient light, which can adaptively display parameter changes by collecting ambient light, etc.; it may also include an image collector 341, such as a camera, a camera, etc., which can be used to collect external The environment scene, as well as the user's attributes or gestures used to interact with the user, can adaptively change the display parameters, and can also recognize the user's gestures to achieve the function of interaction with the user.
外部装置接口350,提供第二控制器310与第一控制器210或外部其他设备间数据传输的组件。外部装置接口可按照有线/无线方式与诸如机顶盒、游戏装置、笔记本电脑等的外部设备连接。The external device interface 350 provides a component for data transmission between the second controller 310 and the first controller 210 or other external devices. The external device interface can be connected to external devices such as set-top boxes, game devices, notebook computers, etc., in a wired/wireless manner.
视频处理器360,用于处理相关视频信号。The video processor 360 is used to process related video signals.
第二控制器310,通过运行存储在存储器390上的各种软件控制程序(如用安装的第三方应用等),以及与第一控制器210的交互,来控制显示设备200的工作和响应用户的操作。The second controller 310 controls the work of the display device 200 and responds to the user by running various software control programs (such as installed third-party applications, etc.) stored on the memory 390 and interacting with the first controller 210. Operation.
如图5所示,第二控制器310包括只读存储器ROM 313、随机存取存储器RAM 314、图形处理器316、CPU处理器312、通信接口318、以及通信总线。其中,ROM 313和RAM 314以及图形处理器316、CPU处理器312、通信接口318通过总线相连接。As shown in FIG. 5, the second controller 310 includes a read-only memory ROM 313, a random access memory RAM 314, a graphics processor 316, a CPU processor 312, a communication interface 318, and a communication bus. Among them, the ROM 313 and the RAM 314, the graphics processor 316, the CPU processor 312, and the communication interface 318 are connected by a bus.
ROM 313,用于存储各种系统启动的指令。CPU处理器312运行ROM中系统启动指令,将存储在存储器390的操作系统拷贝至RAM 314中,以开始运行启动操作系统。当操作系统启动完成后,CPU处理器312再将存储器390中各种应用程序拷贝至RAM 314中,然后,开始运行启动各种应用程序。 ROM 313, used to store various system startup instructions. The CPU processor 312 runs the system startup instruction in the ROM, and copies the operating system stored in the memory 390 to the RAM 314 to start the operating system. After the operating system is started, the CPU processor 312 copies the various application programs in the memory 390 to the RAM 314, and then starts to run and start the various application programs.
CPU处理器312,用于执行存储在存储器390中操作系统和应用程序指令,和与第一控制器210进行通信、信号、数据、指令等传输与交互,以及根据接收外部输入的各种交互指令,来执行各种应用程序、数据和内容,以便最终显示和播放各种音视频内容。The CPU processor 312 is used to execute operating system and application instructions stored in the memory 390, communicate with the first controller 210, transmit and interact with signals, data, instructions, etc., and receive various interactive instructions from external inputs. , To execute a variety of applications, data and content, in order to finally display and play a variety of audio and video content.
通信接口318为多个,可包括第一接口318-1到第n接口318-n。这些接口可以是经由网络被连接到外部设备的网络接口,也可以是经由网络被连接到第一控制器210的网络接口。There are multiple communication interfaces 318, which may include a first interface 318-1 to an nth interface 318-n. These interfaces may be network interfaces connected to external devices via a network, or network interfaces connected to the first controller 210 via a network.
第二控制器310可以控制显示设备200与第二显示屏380相关的操作。例如:响应于接收到用于选择在第二显示屏380上显示UI对象的用户命令,第二控制器310便可以执行与由用户命令选择的对象有关的操作。The second controller 310 may control operations of the display device 200 related to the second display screen 380. For example, in response to receiving a user command for selecting a UI object to be displayed on the second display screen 380, the second controller 310 may perform an operation related to the object selected by the user command.
第二控制器310可以控制显示设备200与第一显示屏280相关的操作。例如:响应于接收到用于选择在第一显示屏280上显示UI对象的用户命令,第一控制器210便可以执行与由用户命令选择的对象有关的操作。The second controller 310 may control the operation of the display device 200 related to the first display screen 280. For example, in response to receiving a user command for selecting a UI object to be displayed on the first display screen 280, the first controller 210 may perform an operation related to the object selected by the user command.
图形处理器316,用于产生各种图形对象,如:图标、操作菜单、以及用户输入指令显示图形等。包括运算器,通过接收用户输入各种交互指令进行运算,根据显示属性显示各种对象。以及包括渲染器,产生基于运算器得到的各种对象,进行渲染的结果显示在第二显示屏380上。The graphics processor 316 is used to generate various graphics objects, such as icons, operation menus, and user input instructions to display graphics. Including an arithmetic unit, which performs operations by receiving various interactive commands input by the user, and displays various objects according to the display attributes. It also includes a renderer, which generates various objects obtained based on the arithmetic unit, and displays the result of the rendering on the second display screen 380.
第二控制器310的图形处理器316与第一控制器210的图形处理器216均能产生各种图形对象。区别性的,若应用1安装于第二控制器310,应用2安 装在第一控制器210,当用户在应用1的界面,且在应用1内进行用户输入的指令时,由第二控制器310图形处理器316产生图形对象。当用户在应用2的界面,且在应用2内进行用户输入的指令时,由第一控制器210的图形处理器216产生图形对象。Both the graphics processor 316 of the second controller 310 and the graphics processor 216 of the first controller 210 can generate various graphics objects. Differentily, if application 1 is installed in the second controller 310 and application 2 is installed in the first controller 210, when the user is on the interface of application 1, and the user inputs instructions in the application 1, the second controller 310 The graphics processor 316 generates graphics objects. When the user is on the interface of the application 2 and performs the user-input instruction in the application 2, the graphics processor 216 of the first controller 210 generates a graphic object.
图6中示例性示出了根据示例性实施例中显示设备的功能配置示意图。Fig. 6 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a functional configuration of a display device according to an exemplary embodiment.
如图6所示,第二控制器310的存储器390和第一控制器210的存储器290分别用于存储操作系统、应用程序、内容和用户数据等,在第二控制器310和第二控制器210的控制下执行驱动第一显示屏280和第二显示屏380的系统运行以及响应用户的各种操作。第二控制器310的存储器390和第一控制器210的存储器290可以包括易失性和/或非易失性存储器。As shown in FIG. 6, the memory 390 of the second controller 310 and the memory 290 of the first controller 210 are respectively used to store an operating system, application programs, content, and user data. Under the control of 210, the system operation of driving the first display screen 280 and the second display screen 380 and responding to various operations of the user are executed. The memory 390 of the second controller 310 and the memory 290 of the first controller 210 may include volatile and/or nonvolatile memory.
对于第一控制器210,存储器290,具体用于存储驱动显示设备200中第一控制器210的运行程序,以及存储显示设备200内置各种应用程序,以及用户从外部设备下载的各种应用程序、以及与应用程序相关的各种图形用户界面,以及与图形用户界面相关的各种对象,用户数据信息,以及各种支持应用程序的内部数据。存储器290用于存储操作系统(OS)内核、中间件和应用等系统软件,以及存储输入的视频数据和音频数据、及其他用户数据。For the first controller 210, the memory 290 is specifically used to store the operating program of the first controller 210 in the driving display device 200, and store various application programs built in the display device 200, and various application programs downloaded by the user from an external device , And various graphical user interfaces related to the application, as well as various objects related to the graphical user interface, user data information, and various internal data supporting the application. The memory 290 is used to store system software such as an operating system (OS) kernel, middleware, and applications, as well as to store input video data and audio data, and other user data.
存储器290,具体用于存储视频处理器260-1和音频处理器260-2、第一显示屏280、通信器230、调谐解调器220、输入/输出接口等驱动程序和相关数据。The memory 290 is specifically used to store driver programs and related data such as the video processor 260-1 and the audio processor 260-2, the first display screen 280, the communicator 230, the tuner and demodulator 220, and the input/output interface.
在一些实施例中,存储器290可以存储软件和/或程序,用于表示操作系统(OS)的软件程序包括,例如:内核、中间件、应用编程接口(API)和/或应用程序。示例性的,内核可控制或管理系统资源,或其它程序所实施的功能(如所述中间件、API或应用程序),以及内核可以提供接口,以允许中间件和API,或应用访问控制器,以实现控制或管理系统资源。In some embodiments, the memory 290 may store software and/or programs. The software programs used to represent an operating system (OS) include, for example, kernels, middleware, application programming interfaces (APIs), and/or application programs. Exemplarily, the kernel may control or manage system resources, or functions implemented by other programs (such as the middleware, API, or application program), and the kernel may provide interfaces to allow middleware and APIs, or applications to access the controller , In order to achieve control or management of system resources.
示例的,存储器290,包括广播接收电路2901、频道控制电路2902、音量控制电路2903、图像控制电路2904、显示控制电路2905、第一音频控制电路2906、外部指令识别电路2907、通信控制电路2908、光接收电路2909、电力控制电路2910、操作系统2911、以及其他应用程序2912、浏览器电路2913等等。第一控制器210通过运行存储器290中各种软件程序,来执行诸如:广播电视信号接收解调功能、电视频道选择控制功能、音量选择控制功能、图像 控制功能、显示控制功能、音频控制功能、外部指令识别功能、通信控制功能、光信号接收功能、电力控制功能、支持各种功能的软件操控平台、以及浏览器功能等各类功能。For example, the memory 290 includes a broadcast receiving circuit 2901, a channel control circuit 2902, a volume control circuit 2903, an image control circuit 2904, a display control circuit 2905, a first audio control circuit 2906, an external command recognition circuit 2907, a communication control circuit 2908, The light receiving circuit 2909, the power control circuit 2910, the operating system 2911, and other application programs 2912, the browser circuit 2913, and so on. The first controller 210 executes various software programs in the memory 290 such as: broadcast and television signal reception and demodulation function, TV channel selection control function, volume selection control function, image control function, display control function, audio control function, Various functions such as external command recognition function, communication control function, optical signal receiving function, power control function, software control platform supporting various functions, and browser function.
存储器390,包括存储用于驱动和控制显示设备200的各种软件电路。如:存储器390中存储的各种软件电路,包括:基础电路、检测电路、通信电路、显示控制电路、浏览器电路、和各种服务电路等(图中未示出)。由于存储器390与存储器290的功能比较相似,相关之处参见存储器290即可,在此就不再赘述。The memory 390 includes storing various software circuits for driving and controlling the display device 200. For example, various software circuits stored in the memory 390 include: basic circuits, detection circuits, communication circuits, display control circuits, browser circuits, and various service circuits (not shown in the figure). Since the functions of the memory 390 and the memory 290 are relatively similar, please refer to the memory 290 for related parts, which will not be repeated here.
示例的,存储器390,包括图像控制电路3904、第二音频控制电路3906、外部指令识别电路3907、通信控制电路3908、光接收电路3909、操作系统3911、以及其他应用程序3912、浏览器电路3913等。第一控制器210通过运行存储器290中各种软件程序,来执行诸如:图像控制功能、显示控制功能、音频控制功能、外部指令识别功能、通信控制功能、光信号接收功能、电力控制功能、支持各种功能的软件操控平台、以及浏览器功能等各类功能。For example, the memory 390 includes an image control circuit 3904, a second audio control circuit 3906, an external command recognition circuit 3907, a communication control circuit 3908, a light receiving circuit 3909, an operating system 3911, and other application programs 3912, a browser circuit 3913, etc. . The first controller 210 executes various software programs in the memory 290 such as: image control function, display control function, audio control function, external command recognition function, communication control function, light signal receiving function, power control function, support Various functions such as software control platform and browser functions.
区别性的,第一控制器210的外部指令识别电路2907和第二控制器310的外部指令识别电路3907可识别不同的指令。Differently, the external command recognition circuit 2907 of the first controller 210 and the external command recognition circuit 3907 of the second controller 310 can recognize different commands.
示例性的,由于摄像头等图像接收设备与第二控制器310连接,因此,第二控制器310的外部指令识别电路3907可包括图形识别电路2907-1,图形识别电路3907-1内存储有图形数据库,摄像头接收到外界的图形指令时,与图形数据库中的指令进行对应关系,以对显示设备作出指令控制。而由于语音接收设备以及遥控器与第一控制器210连接,因此,第一控制器210的外部指令识别电路2907可包括语音识别电路2907-2,语音识别电路2907-2内存储有语音数据库,语音接收设备等接收到外界的语音指令或时,与语音数据库中的指令进行对应关系,以对显示设备作出指令控制。同样的,遥控器等控制装置100与第一控制器210连接,由按键指令识别电路2907-3与控制装置100进行指令交互。Exemplarily, because the image receiving device such as a camera is connected to the second controller 310, the external command recognition circuit 3907 of the second controller 310 may include a pattern recognition circuit 2907-1, and the pattern recognition circuit 3907-1 stores a pattern. Database, when the camera receives graphics instructions from the outside world, it will correspond to the instructions in the graphics database to control the display device. Since the voice receiving device and the remote controller are connected to the first controller 210, the external command recognition circuit 2907 of the first controller 210 may include a voice recognition circuit 2907-2, and a voice database is stored in the voice recognition circuit 2907-2. When the voice receiving device or the like receives a voice instruction from the outside world, it corresponds to the instruction in the voice database to control the display device. Similarly, the control device 100 such as a remote controller is connected to the first controller 210, and the key command recognition circuit 2907-3 interacts with the control device 100 in command.
下面,通过具体实施例,对显示设备的具体结构进行详细说明。Hereinafter, the specific structure of the display device will be described in detail through specific embodiments.
图7为本申请一实施例提供的显示设备的结构示意图。如图7所示,本申请的显示设备700可以包括:显示屏701、背光组件702、电源组件703、TCON电路704、背光驱动电路705和控制器706,电源组件703上可以设置有第一 电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032。FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a display device provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 7, the display device 700 of the present application may include: a display screen 701, a backlight assembly 702, a power supply assembly 703, a TCON circuit 704, a backlight drive circuit 705, and a controller 706. The power supply assembly 703 may be provided with a first power supply. The circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032.
电源组件703上还可以设置有供电切换电路7033。所述第一电源电路7031的输入端与供电设备连接,所述第一电源电路7031的输入端还通过所述供电切换电路7033与所述第二电源电路7032连接。The power supply component 703 may also be provided with a power supply switching circuit 7033. The input end of the first power supply circuit 7031 is connected to a power supply device, and the input end of the first power supply circuit 7031 is also connected to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033.
本申请中,显示设备700可以为图1中的显示设备200,如液晶显示器,也可以为其他形式的显示设备,本申请对此不做限定。显示设备700可以包括一个显示屏,也可以包括多个显示屏,本申请对此不做限定。例如,当显示设备700中的显示屏为两个时,这两个显示屏可以为图1中的第一显示屏201和第二显示屏202。In this application, the display device 700 may be the display device 200 in FIG. 1, such as a liquid crystal display, or may be other forms of display devices, which is not limited in this application. The display device 700 may include one display screen or multiple display screens, which is not limited in this application. For example, when there are two display screens in the display device 700, the two display screens may be the first display screen 201 and the second display screen 202 in FIG. 1.
其中,显示屏701可以为显示设备700中的任意一个用于显示图像内容的显示屏,本申请对显示屏701的实现形式不做限定。例如,显示屏701可以为图5中的第一显示屏280,可以设置前文提及的第一显示屏201上。显示屏701也可以为图5中的第二显示屏380,可以设置前文提及的第二显示屏202上。Wherein, the display screen 701 may be any one of the display devices 700 for displaying image content, and the implementation form of the display screen 701 is not limited in this application. For example, the display screen 701 may be the first display screen 280 in FIG. 5, and may be set on the first display screen 201 mentioned above. The display screen 701 may also be the second display screen 380 in FIG. 5, and may be provided on the second display screen 202 mentioned above.
其中,背光组件702,即前文提及的第一背光组件12或者第二背光组件22,且本申请对背光组件702的具体实现形式不做限定。且背光组件702用于向显示屏701提供背光光源,使得显示屏701可以显示图像内容。Among them, the backlight assembly 702 is the first backlight assembly 12 or the second backlight assembly 22 mentioned above, and the specific implementation form of the backlight assembly 702 is not limited in this application. And the backlight assembly 702 is used to provide a backlight light source to the display screen 701 so that the display screen 701 can display image content.
其中,电源组件703用于向显示装置700提供电能,电源组件703可以包括第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032。第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032可以设置在一块板子上,也可以分设在不同的板子上,本申请对此不做限定。The power supply component 703 is used to provide power to the display device 700, and the power supply component 703 may include a first power supply circuit 7031 and a second power supply circuit 7032. The first power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032 may be arranged on one board, or may be separately arranged on different boards, which is not limited in this application.
本领域技术人员可以理解,显示设备700要想达到清晰的显示画面,背光组件702中背光光源需要非常亮。因此,本申请中,采用第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032分别向背光组件702中背光光源供电,使得背光光源达到所需亮度,确保显示设备700具有较高的画面品质。Those skilled in the art can understand that in order for the display device 700 to achieve a clear display image, the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 needs to be very bright. Therefore, in the present application, the first power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032 are respectively used to supply power to the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702, so that the backlight light source reaches the required brightness, and ensures that the display device 700 has a higher picture quality.
其中,背光光源可以包括但不限于发光二极管(LED)或者冷阴极荧光灯(Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp,CCFL))等背光灯条。Wherein, the backlight light source may include, but is not limited to, a light emitting diode (LED) or a cold cathode fluorescent lamp (Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp, CCFL) and other backlight strips.
为了保证显示设备200的画面画质,显示设备200基于画面内容,采用千级背光分区控制。在一些实施例中,本申请将显示屏701的显示区域分为第一区域和第二区域。且本申请对显示区域的划分不做限定。In order to ensure the picture quality of the display device 200, the display device 200 adopts a thousand-level backlight zone control based on the screen content. In some embodiments, the present application divides the display area of the display screen 701 into a first area and a second area. And this application does not limit the division of the display area.
例如,第一区域为位于显示屏701可显示区域的上半部分,第二区域为位 于显示屏701可显示区域的下半部分。或者,第一区域为位于显示屏701可显示区域的左半部分,第二区域为位于显示屏701可显示区域的右半部分。For example, the first area is located in the upper half of the displayable area of the display screen 701, and the second area is located in the lower half of the displayable area of the display screen 701. Alternatively, the first area is located in the left half of the displayable area of the display screen 701, and the second area is located in the right half of the displayable area of the display screen 701.
第一电源电路7031,与前文提及的第一电源电路31的功能类似,第一电源电路7031可以设置在图2a所示的电源组件30上,用于向控制器706、第二电源电路7032、背光驱动电路705和背光组件702中位于第一区域的背光光源供电。另外,第一电源电路7031还可以向背光驱动电路705传输第一背光指示信号(图7中未进行示意),该第一背光指示信号用于指示背光驱动电路705打开第一区域的背光光源。The first power supply circuit 7031 is similar to the function of the first power supply circuit 31 mentioned above. The first power supply circuit 7031 can be provided on the power supply assembly 30 shown in FIG. 2a to provide information to the controller 706 and the second power supply circuit 7032. The backlight driving circuit 705 and the backlight light source located in the first area in the backlight assembly 702 supply power. In addition, the first power circuit 7031 can also transmit a first backlight indication signal (not shown in FIG. 7) to the backlight driving circuit 705, and the first backlight indication signal is used to instruct the backlight driving circuit 705 to turn on the backlight light source of the first area.
其中,第一电源电路7031向背光组件702中位于第一区域的背光光源供电,是通过第一电源电路7031向背光驱动电路705提供背光组件702中位于第一区域的背光光源所需电能所实现的(图7中未进行示意)。且本申请对第一电源电路7031的具体实现形式不做限定。另外,第一电源电路7031还可以向显示设备700中的如音频组件等声音再现装置(图7中未进行示意)供电。Wherein, the first power circuit 7031 supplies power to the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly 702, which is achieved by the first power circuit 7031 providing the backlight driving circuit 705 with the power required by the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly 702的 (not shown in Figure 7). In addition, this application does not limit the specific implementation form of the first power supply circuit 7031. In addition, the first power supply circuit 7031 can also supply power to a sound reproduction device (not shown in FIG. 7) such as an audio component in the display device 700.
第二电源电路7032,与前文提及的第二电源电路32的功能类似,第二电源电路7032可以设置在图2a所示的电源组件30上,用于向TCON电路704和背光组件702中位于第二区域的背光光源供电。另外,第二电源电路7032还可以向背光驱动电路705传输第二背光指示信号(图7中未进行示意),该第二背光指示信号用于指示背光驱动电路705打开第二区域的背光光源,且该第一区域和该第二区域共同构成显示屏701可显示的部分或者全部区域。The second power supply circuit 7032 has similar functions to the second power supply circuit 32 mentioned above. The second power supply circuit 7032 can be provided on the power supply assembly 30 shown in FIG. The backlight light source in the second area supplies power. In addition, the second power supply circuit 7032 can also transmit a second backlight instruction signal (not shown in FIG. 7) to the backlight drive circuit 705, and the second backlight instruction signal is used to instruct the backlight drive circuit 705 to turn on the backlight light source in the second area, And the first area and the second area together constitute part or all of the area that can be displayed on the display screen 701.
其中,第二电源电路7032向背光组件702中位于第二区域的背光光源供电,是通过第二电源电路7032向背光驱动电路705提供背光组件702所需电能所实现的(图7中未进行示意)。且本申请对第二电源电路7032的具体实现形式不做限定。另外,第二电源电路7032还可以向显示设备700中的如音频组件等声音再现装置(图7中未进行示意)供电。Wherein, the second power circuit 7032 supplies power to the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly 702, which is achieved by providing the backlight assembly 702 with the power required by the backlight drive circuit 705 through the second power circuit 7032 (not shown in FIG. 7). ). In addition, this application does not limit the specific implementation form of the second power supply circuit 7032. In addition, the second power supply circuit 7032 can also supply power to a sound reproduction device (not shown in FIG. 7) such as an audio component in the display device 700.
其中,控制器706,可以为前文提及的第一控制器210,也可以为其他系统级芯片(System on Chip,SOC),且本申请对控制器706的具体实现形式不做限定。且控制器706可以向背光驱动电路705传输背光驱动信号(图7中采用信号3进行示意),使得背光驱动电路705基于该背光驱动信号可以控制背光组件702中背光光源的整体亮度和局部亮度等背光效果。The controller 706 may be the first controller 210 mentioned above, or other system-on-chip (SOC), and the specific implementation form of the controller 706 is not limited in this application. And the controller 706 can transmit a backlight driving signal to the backlight driving circuit 705 (signal 3 is used for illustration in FIG. 7), so that the backlight driving circuit 705 can control the overall brightness and local brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 based on the backlight driving signal. Backlight effect.
例如,背光驱动信号可以包括PWM信号以及Localdimming信号,PWM 信号用于控制背光组件702中背光光源的整体亮度,Localdimming信号用于基于显示屏701所显示的图像内容,控制背光组件702中背光光源的局部亮度。该PWM信号可以由控制器706通过第一电源电路7031向背光驱动电路705间接发送,也可以由控制器706向背光驱动电路705直接发送。为了确保Localdimming信号不受到其他信号的干扰,该Localdimming信号通常由控制器706向背光驱动电路705直接发送。For example, the backlight drive signal may include a PWM signal and a Localdimming signal. The PWM signal is used to control the overall brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702, and the Localdimming signal is used to control the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 based on the image content displayed on the display screen 701. Local brightness. The PWM signal can be indirectly sent by the controller 706 to the backlight driving circuit 705 through the first power supply circuit 7031, or directly sent by the controller 706 to the backlight driving circuit 705. In order to ensure that the Localdimming signal is not interfered by other signals, the Localdimming signal is usually sent directly by the controller 706 to the backlight driving circuit 705.
其中,TCON电路704,可以设置在前文提及的第一显示驱动电路16中,且本申请对TCON电路704,的具体实现形式不做限定。在第二电源电路7032向TCON电路704供电后,TCON电路704可以为显示屏701准备好需要显示的数据,为驱动显示屏701呈现图像内容。一般情况下,供电后的TCON电路704可以与控制器706握手。在握手后,TCON电路704可以从控制器706接收到VbyOne显示信号,并可以将VbyOne显示信号转换为LVDS信号,并在背光驱动电路705的配合下,显示屏701上可以显示对应的图像内容。Wherein, the TCON circuit 704 may be provided in the first display driving circuit 16 mentioned above, and the specific implementation form of the TCON circuit 704′ is not limited in this application. After the second power supply circuit 7032 supplies power to the TCON circuit 704, the TCON circuit 704 can prepare the data to be displayed for the display screen 701, and present image content for driving the display screen 701. Generally, the TCON circuit 704 after power supply can shake hands with the controller 706. After the handshake, the TCON circuit 704 can receive the VbyOne display signal from the controller 706, and can convert the VbyOne display signal into an LVDS signal, and with the cooperation of the backlight driving circuit 705, the corresponding image content can be displayed on the display screen 701.
其中,背光驱动电路705,可以设置在前文提及的第一显示驱动电路16中,且本申请对背光驱动电路705的具体实现形式不做限定。背光驱动电路705根据第一背光指示信号和第二背光指示信号,可以向背光组件702提供电能,以打开背光光源,且根据背光驱动信号,可以控制背光组件702中背光光源的亮度。Wherein, the backlight driving circuit 705 may be provided in the first display driving circuit 16 mentioned above, and the specific implementation form of the backlight driving circuit 705 is not limited in this application. The backlight driving circuit 705 can provide power to the backlight assembly 702 to turn on the backlight light source according to the first backlight instruction signal and the second backlight instruction signal, and can control the brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 according to the backlight drive signal.
由于显示设备700的待机功耗为显示屏701、背光组件702、电源组件703(第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032)、TCON电路704、背光驱动电路705和控制器706的功耗之和。本领域技术人员可以理解,在显示设备700的待机模式下,显示屏701、背光组件702、TCON电路704、背光驱动电路705和控制器706几乎不工作,功耗接近为0。因此,显示设备700的待机功耗主要包括第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032的功耗之和。Since the standby power consumption of the display device 700 is among the power consumption of the display screen 701, the backlight assembly 702, the power supply assembly 703 (the first power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032), the TCON circuit 704, the backlight drive circuit 705, and the controller 706 with. Those skilled in the art can understand that in the standby mode of the display device 700, the display screen 701, the backlight assembly 702, the TCON circuit 704, the backlight driving circuit 705, and the controller 706 hardly work, and the power consumption is close to zero. Therefore, the standby power consumption of the display device 700 mainly includes the sum of the power consumption of the first power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032.
本申请中,在供电设备提供的交流电源AC上电后,显示设备700进入待机模式。此时,基于第一电源电路7031的输入端与供电设备连接,第一电源电路7031通电且启动工作。且由于在显示设备700的待机模式下,显示屏701、背光组件702、TCON电路704、背光驱动电路705和控制器706几乎不工作,负载较小,因此,第一电源电路7031会进入跳频模式,以便满足较小负载的电能需求,使得第一电源电路7031的功耗最小。In this application, after the AC power supply AC provided by the power supply device is powered on, the display device 700 enters the standby mode. At this time, based on the connection of the input terminal of the first power supply circuit 7031 with the power supply device, the first power supply circuit 7031 is energized and starts to work. And because in the standby mode of the display device 700, the display screen 701, the backlight assembly 702, the TCON circuit 704, the backlight drive circuit 705, and the controller 706 hardly work and the load is small, therefore, the first power supply circuit 7031 will enter the frequency hopping Mode in order to meet the power demand of a smaller load, so that the power consumption of the first power supply circuit 7031 is minimized.
此时,基于第二电源电路7032的输入端与供电设备不连接,第二电源电路7032不通电,或者,控制器706可以控制第二电源电路7032不通电。At this time, since the input terminal of the second power supply circuit 7032 is not connected to the power supply device, the second power supply circuit 7032 is not powered on, or the controller 706 may control the second power supply circuit 7032 to be powered off.
在一些实施例中,基于第一电源电路7031的输入端通过供电切换电路7033与所述第二电源电路7032的输入端连接,第二电源电路7032需要依靠控制器706关断供电切换电路7033,才能够与供电设备不连接,使得第二电源电路7032不通电而无法启动工作。因此,第二电源电路7032的功耗最小,从而,显示设备700的待机功率最小,使得显示设备700的待机功率降低。In some embodiments, based on that the input terminal of the first power supply circuit 7031 is connected to the input terminal of the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, the second power supply circuit 7032 needs to rely on the controller 706 to turn off the power supply switching circuit 7033, Only then can it be disconnected from the power supply device, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 is not energized and cannot start working. Therefore, the power consumption of the second power supply circuit 7032 is the smallest, and thus, the standby power of the display device 700 is the smallest, so that the standby power of the display device 700 is reduced.
在需要第二电源电路7032提供电能时,控制器706可以控制第一电源电路7031向第二电源电路7032供电,以便第二电源电路7032可以向显示设备中的其余部件供电。在一些实施例中,控制器706可以通过导通供电切换电路7033,使得第一电源电路7031向第二电源电路7032供电,使得第二电源电路7032导电而启动工作。When the second power supply circuit 7032 is required to provide power, the controller 706 can control the first power supply circuit 7031 to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 so that the second power supply circuit 7032 can supply power to the remaining components in the display device. In some embodiments, the controller 706 may turn on the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the first power supply circuit 7031 supplies power to the second power supply circuit 7032, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 conducts and starts to work.
基于前述描述,结合图1-图6,为了使得显示设备200具备较高的画面品质和亮度指标,显示设备200需要向背光组件提供较大的功率。因此本申请在显示设备200应用较大的整机功率时,电源组件30通常采用双电源架构进行供电,如该双电源架构可以包括图4中并联连接的第一电源电路31和第二电源电路32,以满足显示设备200的供电需求和画面品质。例如,显示设备200所需的整机功率为700W,电源组件30使用两块并联放置的单板分别输出350W。Based on the foregoing description and in conjunction with FIGS. 1 to 6, in order to enable the display device 200 to have a higher picture quality and brightness index, the display device 200 needs to provide a larger power to the backlight assembly. Therefore, when the display device 200 uses a larger overall power in the present application, the power supply assembly 30 usually adopts a dual power supply architecture for power supply. For example, the dual power supply architecture may include the first power supply circuit 31 and the second power supply circuit connected in parallel in FIG. 4 32 to meet the power supply requirements and picture quality of the display device 200. For example, the overall power required by the display device 200 is 700W, and the power supply assembly 30 uses two single boards placed in parallel to output 350W respectively.
且本申请提供的显示设备,通过在显示设备上电时,第一电源电路可以通电且启动工作,第二电源电路不通电而无法启动工作,使得显示设备进入待机模式,节省了显示设备的待机功率。其中,第一电源电路和第二电源电路待机时功耗的叠加为显示设备的待机功率的主要组成部分。基于上述描述,本申请提供一种显示设备,可以控制第一电源电路和第二电源电路的启动顺序,不仅可以解决待机功耗较大的问题,还可以确保显示设备具备较高的画面品质,使得显示设备的亮度指标满足显示需求。而且,在显示设备需要第二电源电路供电时,控制器可以控制第一电源电路向第二电源电路供电,使得第二电源电路可以向显示设备提供电能,方便显示设备的使用。In addition, when the display device is powered on, the first power circuit can be energized and start working, and the second power circuit cannot start working when the second power circuit is not energized, so that the display device enters the standby mode and saves the standby mode of the display device. power. Among them, the superposition of the power consumption of the first power supply circuit and the second power supply circuit during standby is the main component of the standby power of the display device. Based on the above description, the present application provides a display device that can control the startup sequence of the first power circuit and the second power circuit, which can not only solve the problem of large standby power consumption, but also ensure that the display device has high picture quality. Make the brightness index of the display device meet the display demand. Moreover, when the display device needs power from the second power circuit, the controller can control the first power circuit to supply power to the second power circuit, so that the second power circuit can provide power to the display device, facilitating the use of the display device.
继续结合图7,启动后的第一电源电路7031,基于第一电源电路7031的第一供电引脚(图7中以数字31表示)与控制器706的供电引脚(图7中以数字11表示)之间的连接,可以向控制器706供电,使得控制器706可以正常工 作。Continuing to combine with FIG. 7, the first power supply circuit 7031 after startup is based on the first power supply pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 (represented by the number 31 in FIG. 7) and the power supply pin of the controller 706 (by the number 11 in FIG. 7). Indicates the connection between), which can supply power to the controller 706, so that the controller 706 can work normally.
一方面,供电后的控制器706可以控制第一电源电路7031,基于第一电源电路7031的第二供电引脚(图7中以数字32表示)与背光驱动电路705的第一供电引脚(图7中以数字21表示)之间的连接,开始向背光驱动电路705提供背光组件702中位于第一区域的背光光源的电能,使得背光组件702中位于第一区域的背光光源可以被打开。On the one hand, the powered controller 706 can control the first power supply circuit 7031, based on the second power supply pin (represented by the number 32 in FIG. 7) of the first power supply circuit 7031 and the first power supply pin ( 7 in FIG. 7 denoted by the number 21), the backlight driving circuit 705 starts to provide power to the backlight light source located in the first area in the backlight assembly 702, so that the backlight light source located in the first area in the backlight assembly 702 can be turned on.
另一方面,供电后的控制器706还可以通过供电切换电路7033,控制供电设备或者第一电源电路7031向第二电源电路7032供电,使得第二电源电路7032开始启动。从而,启动后的第二电源电路7032,基于第二电源电路7032的供电引脚(图7中以数字33表示)与背光驱动电路705的第二供电引脚(图7中以数字22表示)之间的连接,可以开始向背光驱动电路705提供背光组件702中位于第二区域的背光光源供电,使得背光组件702中位于第二区域的背光光源可以被打开。On the other hand, the powered controller 706 can also control the power supply device or the first power supply circuit 7031 to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 starts to start. Therefore, the activated second power supply circuit 7032 is based on the power supply pin of the second power supply circuit 7032 (represented by the number 33 in FIG. 7) and the second power supply pin of the backlight driving circuit 705 (represented by the number 22 in FIG. 7) With the connection between, the backlight driving circuit 705 can start to supply power to the backlight light source located in the second area in the backlight assembly 702, so that the backlight light source located in the second area in the backlight assembly 702 can be turned on.
本申请中,背光组件702中背光光源由第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032供电,提高了背光组件702中背光光源的供电功率,使得背光组件702中背光光源具备较高的亮度,提升了显示设备700的画面质量。In the present application, the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 is powered by the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032, which increases the power supply of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702, so that the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702 has a higher brightness and improves The picture quality of the display device 700 is improved.
本申请提供的显示设备,通过在显示设备上电时,第一电源电路可以通电且启动工作,第二电源电路不通电而无法启动工作,使得显示设备进入待机模式,节省了显示设备的待机功率。In the display device provided by the present application, when the display device is powered on, the first power circuit can be powered on and start to work, and the second power circuit is not powered on and cannot start to work, so that the display device enters a standby mode and saves the standby power of the display device. .
基于第一电源电路与背光驱动电路的连接,控制器可以控制第一电源电路向背光驱动电路提供背光组件中位于第一区域的背光电源的电能。Based on the connection between the first power supply circuit and the backlight driving circuit, the controller can control the first power supply circuit to provide the backlight driving circuit with the power of the backlight power supply located in the first area of the backlight assembly.
基于第一电源电路通过供电切换电路与第二电源电路的连接,以及第二电源电路与背光驱动电路的连接,控制器可以控制第二电源电路向背光驱动电路提供背光组件中位于第二区域背光电源的电能,第一区域和第二区域构成显示屏的显示区域,使得背光组件可以在第一电源电路和第二电源电路的供电下开启背光光源。Based on the connection between the first power supply circuit and the second power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit and the connection between the second power supply circuit and the backlight drive circuit, the controller can control the second power supply circuit to provide the backlight drive circuit with the backlight in the second area of the backlight assembly With the power of the power source, the first area and the second area constitute the display area of the display screen, so that the backlight assembly can turn on the backlight light source under the power of the first power circuit and the second power circuit.
本申请中,通过控制第一电源电路和第二电源电路的启动顺序,节省了显示设备的待机功耗,并通过第一电源电路和第二电源电路分别向背光组件中背光电源的电能,实现了双电源向背光组件的供电过程,提高了显示设备的供电功率,确保了背光组件中背光光源的亮度,保障了显示设备的背光效果,提升 了显示设备的画面品质。In this application, by controlling the startup sequence of the first power circuit and the second power circuit, the standby power consumption of the display device is saved, and the power of the first power circuit and the second power circuit to the backlight power supply in the backlight assembly is realized. The power supply process of the dual power supply to the backlight assembly is improved, the power supply of the display device is increased, the brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly is ensured, the backlight effect of the display device is guaranteed, and the picture quality of the display device is improved.
结合图1-图6,第一电源电路31和第二电源电路32分别与供电设备(图4中输入的交流电源AC由供电设备提供,图4中未示出供电设备)连接的前端位置处(如图4中交流电源AC与第一整流滤波电路的连接处以及继电器与第二整流滤波电路的连接处)通常设置有热敏电阻,热敏电阻串联在火线(L)或者零线(N)上。在显示设备200开机上电时,热敏电阻可实现限流,且热敏电阻上会通过对应的第一电源电路31或者第二电源电路32所产生的浪涌电流,避免了浪涌电流对第一电源电路31或者第二电源电路32中如整流电路以及电解电容等后端部件造成的影响。然而,当电源组件30在较大功率下正常工作时,热敏电阻将通过较大的电流,易导致热敏电阻过热而损坏。With reference to Figures 1 to 6, the first power supply circuit 31 and the second power supply circuit 32 are respectively connected to the power supply equipment (the AC power supply AC input in Figure 4 is provided by the power supply equipment, and the power supply equipment is not shown in Figure 4) at the front end positions (As shown in Figure 4, the connection between the AC power supply AC and the first rectifier filter circuit and the connection between the relay and the second rectifier filter circuit) is usually provided with a thermistor, and the thermistor is connected in series with the live wire (L) or the neutral wire (N). )on. When the display device 200 is powered on, the thermistor can achieve current limiting, and the thermistor will pass the corresponding surge current generated by the first power circuit 31 or the second power circuit 32, avoiding the impact of the surge current. The influence caused by the back-end components such as the rectifier circuit and the electrolytic capacitor in the first power circuit 31 or the second power circuit 32. However, when the power supply assembly 30 works normally at a relatively high power, the thermistor will pass a relatively large current, which may easily cause the thermistor to overheat and be damaged.
基于上述描述,本申请的显示设备700除了可以解决待机功耗较大的问题以及实现显示设备700具有较高的画面品质和亮度指标之外,不仅可以通过热敏电阻实现限流,使得电源组件产生的浪涌电流能够通过热敏电阻,起到保护第一电源电路和第二电源电路的作用,还可以在浪涌电流通过热敏电阻流之后,通过将热敏电阻短路,避免了较大电流通过热敏电阻而损坏热敏电阻的现象,延长了热敏电阻的使用寿命。Based on the above description, the display device 700 of the present application can not only solve the problem of large standby power consumption and achieve higher picture quality and brightness indicators of the display device 700, but also can achieve current limiting through the thermistor, so that the power supply component The generated surge current can pass through the thermistor to protect the first power circuit and the second power circuit. After the surge current flows through the thermistor, the thermistor can be short-circuited to avoid large The phenomenon that the current passes through the thermistor and damages the thermistor, which prolongs the service life of the thermistor.
继续结合图7,在供电设备提供的交流电源AC上电后,第一电源电路7031通过与供电设备的连接,第一电源电路7031通电并启动工作,而第二电源电路7032不通电。第一电源电路7031启动工作后,显示设备700进入待机模式,控制器706的选通(STB)引脚此时处于第一电平,控制器706的STB引脚与第一电源电路7031的STB引脚连接,使得第一电源电路7031的STB引脚也处于第一电平,这样,控制器706上功耗最小,第一电源电路7031进入跳频模式,以便满足较小负载的电能需求,使得第一电源电路7031的功耗最小,且第二电源电路7032不通电,使得显示设备700的待机功率最小。Continuing with FIG. 7, after the AC power supply AC provided by the power supply device is powered on, the first power supply circuit 7031 is connected to the power supply device, and the first power supply circuit 7031 is powered on and starts to work, while the second power supply circuit 7032 is not powered on. After the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to work, the display device 700 enters the standby mode, the strobe (STB) pin of the controller 706 is at the first level at this time, and the STB pin of the controller 706 and the STB pin of the first power circuit 7031 The pins are connected so that the STB pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 is also at the first level. In this way, the power consumption on the controller 706 is minimal, and the first power supply circuit 7031 enters the frequency hopping mode to meet the power demand of a smaller load. The power consumption of the first power supply circuit 7031 is minimized, and the second power supply circuit 7032 is not energized, so that the standby power of the display device 700 is minimized.
基于上述描述,由于显示设备700开机后,第一电源电路7031的电流较小,且第一电源电路7031中的第一热敏电阻RT1(图7中未进行示意,图8中第一热敏电阻RT1以串联在供电设备的火线或者零线上进行示意)串联连接在供电设备与第一电源电路7031之间。因此,此时,第一电源电路7031不需要将第一热敏电阻RT1短路,且第一电源电路7031需要向控制器706供电。此时,控制器706通过控制器706的STB引脚向第一电源电路7031的STB引脚输 出第一信号(即STB信号),此时第一电源电路7031的STB引脚处于第二电平。其中,第一电平和第二电平的电平相反。例如,第一电平为STB信号的低电平,第二电平为STB信号的高电平。Based on the above description, after the display device 700 is turned on, the current of the first power circuit 7031 is relatively small, and the first thermistor RT1 in the first power circuit 7031 (not shown in FIG. 7 and the first thermistor RT1 in FIG. 8 The resistor RT1 is connected in series on the live wire or the neutral wire of the power supply device for illustration) is connected in series between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit 7031. Therefore, at this time, the first power circuit 7031 does not need to short-circuit the first thermistor RT1, and the first power circuit 7031 needs to supply power to the controller 706. At this time, the controller 706 outputs the first signal (ie STB signal) to the STB pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 through the STB pin of the controller 706, and the STB pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 is at the second level. . Among them, the first level and the second level are opposite in level. For example, the first level is the low level of the STB signal, and the second level is the high level of the STB signal.
这样,第一电源电路7031可以根据第一信号,控制第一电源电路7031中的第一热敏电阻RT1串联连接在供电设备与第一电源电路7031之间,使得第一电源电路7031产生的浪涌电流通过第一热敏电阻RT1,起到保护第一电源电路7031中后端部件的作用。In this way, the first power circuit 7031 can control the first thermistor RT1 in the first power circuit 7031 to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first power circuit 7031 according to the first signal, so that the wave generated by the first power circuit 7031 is The inrush current passes through the first thermistor RT1 to protect the back-end components in the first power circuit 7031.
并且,第一电源电路7031的第一供电引脚(图7中以数字31表示)通过与控制器706的供电引脚(图7中以数字11表示)的连接,开始向控制器706正常供电,使得控制器706可以正常工作。第一电源电路7031的第二供电引脚(图7中以数字32表示)通过与背光组件702的第一供电引脚(图7中以数字21表示)的连接,开始向背光驱动电路705提供背光组件702中位于第一区域的背光光源的电能,使得背光驱动电路705做好开启背光光源的准备。In addition, the first power supply pin (indicated by the number 31 in FIG. 7) of the first power supply circuit 7031 is connected to the power supply pin (indicated by the number 11 in FIG. 7) of the controller 706 to start normal power supply to the controller 706. , So that the controller 706 can work normally. The second power supply pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 (indicated by the number 32 in FIG. 7) is connected to the first power supply pin (indicated by the number 21 in FIG. 7) of the backlight assembly 702 to start providing the backlight drive circuit 705 The power of the backlight light source located in the first area in the backlight assembly 702 makes the backlight driving circuit 705 ready to turn on the backlight light source.
在背光组件702的背光光源准备开启时,由于在将第一热敏电阻RT1短路之前,第一电源电路7031中的大电解(如实现整流滤波功能的元器件)已经充满电,因此,控制器706可以通过控制第一电源电路7031将第一热敏电阻RT1短路之后,第一电源电路7031中不会产生浪涌电流。进而,控制器706的开关(SW)引脚通过与第一电源电路7031的SW引脚的连接,可以向第一电源电路7031的SW引脚输出第二信号(即SW信号),此时,第一电源电路7031根据第二信号,控制第一热敏电阻RT1短路连接在供电设备与第一电源电路7031之间,将第一热敏电阻RT1短路,断开第一热敏电阻RT1的连接,防止第一热敏电阻RT1过热而损坏,起到保护第一热敏电阻RT1的作用。这样,第一热敏电阻RT1不仅起到保护第一电源电路7031的作用,又不会自身过热而损坏。When the backlight light source of the backlight assembly 702 is ready to be turned on, because the large electrolysis (such as the components that implement the rectification and filtering function) in the first power circuit 7031 has been fully charged before the first thermistor RT1 is short-circuited, the controller 706 can control the first power circuit 7031 to short-circuit the first thermistor RT1, so that no surge current is generated in the first power circuit 7031. Furthermore, the switch (SW) pin of the controller 706 can output a second signal (ie, SW signal) to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 through the connection with the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031. At this time, According to the second signal, the first power circuit 7031 controls the first thermistor RT1 to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply device and the first power circuit 7031, short-circuits the first thermistor RT1, and disconnects the first thermistor RT1. , To prevent the first thermistor RT1 from overheating and damage, and play a role in protecting the first thermistor RT1. In this way, the first thermistor RT1 not only protects the first power supply circuit 7031, but also does not damage itself due to overheating.
其中,第二信号可以为高电平,也可以为低电平,本申请对此不做限定。Wherein, the second signal may be a high level or a low level, which is not limited in this application.
需要说明的是,控制器706的STB引脚、控制器706的供电引脚和控制器706的SW引脚可以采用一个或者多个输入或输出口。第一电源电路7031的STB引脚、第一电源电路7031的供电引脚和第一电源电路7031的SW引脚可以采用一个或者多个输入或输出口。It should be noted that the STB pin of the controller 706, the power supply pin of the controller 706, and the SW pin of the controller 706 may use one or more input or output ports. The STB pin of the first power circuit 7031, the power supply pin of the first power circuit 7031, and the SW pin of the first power circuit 7031 may use one or more input or output ports.
本申请中,通过第一电源电路启动工作后,由于此时显示设备的待机功率 较小,使得第一电源电路中产生的电流较小,因此,第一热敏电阻无需被短路,且第一电源电路需要向控制器供电。基于第一电源电路与控制器连接,第一电源电路可以从控制器接收的第一信号,使得第一电源电路根据第一信号,可以控制第一热敏电阻串联连接在供电设备与第一电源电路之间,使得第一电源电路分别向所述控制器供电以及向背光组件背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第一区域的背光光源的电能。In this application, after the first power supply circuit starts to work, because the standby power of the display device is small at this time, so that the current generated in the first power supply circuit is small. Therefore, the first thermistor does not need to be short-circuited, and the first The power circuit needs to supply power to the controller. Based on the connection between the first power supply circuit and the controller, the first power supply circuit can receive the first signal from the controller, so that the first power supply circuit can control the first thermistor to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first power supply according to the first signal. Between the circuits, the first power supply circuit respectively supplies power to the controller and provides power to the backlight drive circuit of the backlight assembly and the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly.
在背光组件的背光光源准备开启时,由于在将第一热敏电阻短路之前,第一电源电路中的大电解已经充满电,因此,第一电源电路中不会产生浪涌电流。进而,第一电源电路根据控制器片输出的第二信号,可以控制第一热敏电阻短路连接在供电设备与第一电源电路之间,将第一热敏电阻短路,防止第一热敏电阻过热而损坏,起到保护第一热敏电阻的作用。这样,第一热敏电阻不仅起到保护第一电源电路的作用,又不会自身过热而损坏。When the backlight light source of the backlight assembly is ready to be turned on, since the large electrolysis in the first power circuit is fully charged before the first thermistor is short-circuited, no surge current is generated in the first power circuit. Furthermore, according to the second signal output by the controller chip, the first power circuit can control the first thermistor to be short-circuited between the power supply device and the first power circuit to short-circuit the first thermistor and prevent the first thermistor Damaged by overheating, it plays a role in protecting the first thermistor. In this way, the first thermistor not only plays a role in protecting the first power circuit, but also does not damage itself due to overheating.
本申请中,供电切换电路7033的控制端(图7中以字母K表示)可以与第一电源电路7031连接,也可以与控制器706连接,还可以分别与第一电源电路7031和控制器706连接,本申请对此不做限定。In this application, the control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 (indicated by the letter K in FIG. 7) can be connected to the first power circuit 7031, can also be connected to the controller 706, and can also be connected to the first power circuit 7031 and the controller 706 respectively. Connection, this application does not limit this.
基于上述描述,供电切换电路7033可以从第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706接收第二信号。且供电切换电路7033可以根据第二信号,控制第一电源电路7031将供电设备输入的电压供电给第二电源电路7032。Based on the above description, the power supply switching circuit 7033 may receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit 7031 or the controller 706 after power supply. In addition, the power supply switching circuit 7033 can control the first power supply circuit 7031 to supply the voltage input by the power supply device to the second power supply circuit 7032 according to the second signal.
其中,供电切换电路7033起到开关的作用,用于实现第一电源电路7031向第二电源电路7032供电或者停止供电。供电切换电路7033可以设置在第一电源电路7031中,也可以设置在第二电源电路7032中,还可以同时设置在第一电源电路7031第二电源电路7032中,本申请对此不做限定。Among them, the power supply switching circuit 7033 functions as a switch, which is used to implement the first power supply circuit 7031 to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 or to stop power supply. The power supply switching circuit 7033 can be provided in the first power circuit 7031, in the second power circuit 7032, and can also be provided in the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032 at the same time, which is not limited in this application.
本申请中,第二电源电路7032的SW引脚可以与第一电源电路7031连接,也可以与控制器706连接,还可以分别与第一电源电路7031和控制器706连接,本申请对此不做限定。基于上述描述,第二电源电路7032可以从第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706接收第二信号。In this application, the SW pin of the second power circuit 7032 can be connected to the first power circuit 7031, can also be connected to the controller 706, and can also be connected to the first power circuit 7031 and the controller 706 respectively. This application does not Make a limit. Based on the above description, the second power supply circuit 7032 may receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706.
在第二电源电路7032未通电时,第二电源电路7032中的第二热敏电阻RT2(图7中未进行示意,图13中第二热敏电阻RT2以串联在供电设备的火线或者零线上进行示意)串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间。由于供电切换电路7033在接收到第二信号时,第一电源电路7031可以通 过供电切换电路7033向第二电源电路7032开始供电。另外,本申请将第二电源电路7032一通电的时刻记录为第一时刻,即第一时刻为第一电源电路7031向第二电源电路7032开始供电且第二热敏电阻RT2串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间的时刻。When the second power supply circuit 7032 is not energized, the second thermistor RT2 in the second power supply circuit 7032 (not shown in FIG. 7; the second thermistor RT2 in FIG. 13 is connected in series with the live wire or the neutral wire of the power supply device). (Illustrated above) is connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032. Since the power supply switching circuit 7033 receives the second signal, the first power supply circuit 7031 can start supplying power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033. In addition, this application records the moment when the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized as the first moment, that is, the first moment is when the first power circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power circuit 7032 and the second thermistor RT2 is connected in series during the power supply switch The time between the circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032.
由于第二电源电路7032通电后,第二电源电路7032中的大电解(如实现整流滤波功能的元器件)需要从零开始充电,因此,第二电源电路7032会产生浪涌电流。为了避免浪涌电流对第二电源电路7032中后端部件的影响,控制器706需要在第二电源电路7032通电预设时长后,将第二电源电路7032中的第二热敏电阻RT2短路。After the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized, the large electrolysis in the second power supply circuit 7032 (such as components that implement the rectification and filtering function) needs to be charged from zero, and therefore, the second power supply circuit 7032 generates a surge current. In order to avoid the impact of the surge current on the back-end components in the second power circuit 7032, the controller 706 needs to short-circuit the second thermistor RT2 in the second power circuit 7032 after the second power circuit 7032 is energized for a preset period of time.
本申请从第一时刻开始,将经过预设时长后的时刻记录为第二时刻。且在第二时刻时,控制器706可以根据第二信号,通过控制第二电源电路7032将第二热敏电阻RT2从串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间切换为短路连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间,使得第二电源电路7032中产生的浪涌电流通过第二热敏电阻RT2,起到保护第二电源电路7032中后端部件的作用。This application starts from the first moment, and records the moment after the preset period of time has passed as the second moment. And at the second moment, the controller 706 can switch the second thermistor RT2 from the series connection between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 to the short-circuit connection by controlling the second power supply circuit 7032 according to the second signal. Between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power circuit 7032, the surge current generated in the second power circuit 7032 passes through the second thermistor RT2 to protect the back-end components of the second power circuit 7032.
这样,第二电源电路7032的供电引脚(图7中以数字33表示)通过与背光组件702的第二供电引脚(图7中以数字22表示)的连接,开始向背光驱动电路705提供背光组件702中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能,使得背光驱动电路705做好开启背光光源的准备。In this way, the power supply pin of the second power supply circuit 7032 (represented by the number 33 in FIG. 7) is connected to the second power supply pin (represented by the number 22 in FIG. 7) of the backlight assembly 702 to start providing the backlight drive circuit 705 The power of the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly 702 makes the backlight driving circuit 705 ready to turn on the backlight light source.
从而,第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032均可以向背光驱动电路705提供背光组件702的电能,确保了背光组件702中背光光源的背光亮度,提升了显示设备700的画面质量。Therefore, both the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032 can provide the backlight driving circuit 705 with power of the backlight assembly 702, ensuring the backlight brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly 702, and improving the picture quality of the display device 700.
需要说明的是,第二电源电路7032的供电引脚和第二电源电路7032的SW引脚可以采用一个或者多个输入或输出口。It should be noted that the power supply pin of the second power supply circuit 7032 and the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032 may use one or more input or output ports.
本申请中,在第二电源电路未通电时,第二电源电路中的第二热敏电阻串联连接在供电切换电路与第二电源电路之间。供电切换电路根据第一电源电路或者供电后的控制器输出的接收第二信号,可以控制第一电源电路将供电设备输入的电压供电给第二电源电路,使得第二电源电路通电,且记录当前时刻为第一时刻。由于第二电源电路通电后,第二电源电路中的大电解需要从零开始充电,因此,第二电源电路会产生浪涌电流。In this application, when the second power supply circuit is not powered on, the second thermistor in the second power supply circuit is connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit. The power supply switching circuit can control the first power supply circuit to supply the voltage input by the power supply device to the second power supply circuit according to the received second signal output by the first power supply circuit or the powered controller, so that the second power supply circuit is powered on and records the current The moment is the first moment. After the second power circuit is energized, the large electrolysis in the second power circuit needs to be charged from zero, and therefore, the second power circuit will generate a surge current.
从第一时刻开始,记录经过预设时长后的时刻为第二时刻。且在第二时刻时,第二电源电路可以根据第二信号,控制第二热敏电阻从串联连接在供电切换电路与第二电源电路之间切换为短路连接在供电切换电路与第二电源电路之间,将第二热敏电阻短路,防止第二热敏电阻过热而损坏,起到保护第二热敏电阻的作用,且使得第二电源电路产生的浪涌电流通过第二热敏电阻,起到保护第二电源电路中后端部件的作用。Starting from the first moment, the moment after the preset period of time has elapsed is recorded as the second moment. And at the second moment, the second power supply circuit can control the second thermistor to switch from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit to short-circuit connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit according to the second signal In between, the second thermistor is short-circuited to prevent the second thermistor from being overheated and damaged, to protect the second thermistor, and to make the surge current generated by the second power circuit pass through the second thermistor, Play the role of protecting the back-end components in the second power circuit.
在一些实施例中,基于第一电源电路与背光驱动电路的连接,以及第二电源电路与背光驱动电路的连接,第一电源电路可以向背光驱动电路提供背光组件中位于第一区域的背光光源的电能,第二电源电路可以向背光驱动电路提供背光组件中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能,使得背光驱动电路可以在第一电源电路和第二电源电路的供电下开启背光组件中的背光光源,确保了背光组件中背光光源的背光亮度,保障了显示设备的背光效果,提升了显示设备的画面质量。In some embodiments, based on the connection between the first power supply circuit and the backlight drive circuit, and the connection between the second power supply circuit and the backlight drive circuit, the first power supply circuit can provide the backlight drive circuit with the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly The second power supply circuit can provide the backlight drive circuit with power for the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly, so that the backlight drive circuit can turn on the backlight in the backlight assembly under the power of the first power circuit and the second power circuit The light source ensures the backlight brightness of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly, guarantees the backlight effect of the display device, and improves the picture quality of the display device.
在一个具体实施例中,以第一信号为STB信号的高电平,第二信号为SW信号的高电平为例,第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032向显示设备700供电的具体过程可以包括:In a specific embodiment, taking the first signal as the high level of the STB signal and the second signal as the high level of the SW signal as an example, the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032 supply power to the display device 700. The process can include:
步骤1、在供电设备提供的交流电源AC上电后,第一电源电路7031通电并启动工作,第二电源电路7032不通电且无法启动工作。 Step 1. After the AC power supply AC provided by the power supply device is powered on, the first power supply circuit 7031 is powered on and starts to work, and the second power supply circuit 7032 is not powered on and cannot start to work.
步骤2、第一电源电路7031启动工作后,显示设备700进入待机模式。此时,控制器706的STB引脚处于低电平,且控制器706的STB引脚与第一电源电路7031的STB引脚的连接,使得第一电源电路7031的STB引脚处于STB信号的低电平。 Step 2. After the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to work, the display device 700 enters a standby mode. At this time, the STB pin of the controller 706 is at a low level, and the STB pin of the controller 706 is connected to the STB pin of the first power circuit 7031, so that the STB pin of the first power circuit 7031 is at the STB signal level. Low level.
步骤3、由于第一电源电路7031此时的电流较小而不会引起第一热敏电阻RT1发热,因此,控制器706将控制器706的STB引脚更改为处于高电平,且控制器706向第一电源电路7031的STB引脚输出第一信号,使得第一电源电路7031的STB引脚处于STB信号的高电平。 Step 3. Since the current of the first power supply circuit 7031 at this time is small and will not cause the first thermistor RT1 to heat up, the controller 706 changes the STB pin of the controller 706 to a high level, and the controller 706 outputs the first signal to the STB pin of the first power supply circuit 7031, so that the STB pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 is at the high level of the STB signal.
步骤4、第一电源电路7031可以根据STB信号的高电平,控制第一热敏电阻RT1串联连接在供电设备与第一电源电路7031之间,使得第一电源电路7031产生的浪涌电流通过第一热敏电阻RT1,使得第一电源电路7031可以分别向控制器706和背光驱动电路705提供背光组件702中位于第一区域的背光 光源的电能,从而,背光驱动电路705准备开启背光组件702的背光光源。Step 4. The first power supply circuit 7031 can control the first thermistor RT1 to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit 7031 according to the high level of the STB signal, so that the surge current generated by the first power supply circuit 7031 passes The first thermistor RT1 enables the first power circuit 7031 to provide the controller 706 and the backlight driving circuit 705 with power to the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly 702, so that the backlight driving circuit 705 is ready to turn on the backlight assembly 702 The backlight light source.
步骤5、在背光组件702的背光光源准备开启时,由于在将第一热敏电阻RT1短路之前,第一电源电路7031中的大电解已经充满电,因此,第一电源电路7031中不会产生浪涌电流。进而,控制器706向第一电源电路7031的SW引脚输出SW信号的高电平。 Step 5. When the backlight light source of the backlight assembly 702 is ready to be turned on, since the large electrolysis in the first power circuit 7031 has been fully charged before the first thermistor RT1 is short-circuited, there will be no generation in the first power circuit 7031. Inrush current. Furthermore, the controller 706 outputs the high level of the SW signal to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031.
步骤6、第一电源电路7031根据SW信号的高电平,控制第一热敏电阻RT1短路连接在供电设备与第一电源电路7031之间,将第一热敏电阻RT1短路,断开第一热敏电阻RT1的连接,防止第一热敏电阻RT1过热而损坏,起到保护第一热敏电阻RT1的作用。这样,第一热敏电阻RT1不仅起到保护第一电源电路7031的作用,又不会自身过热而损坏。Step 6. According to the high level of the SW signal, the first power circuit 7031 controls the first thermistor RT1 to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply device and the first power circuit 7031, short-circuit the first thermistor RT1, and disconnect the first thermistor RT1. The connection of the thermistor RT1 prevents the first thermistor RT1 from overheating and is damaged, and plays a role in protecting the first thermistor RT1. In this way, the first thermistor RT1 not only protects the first power supply circuit 7031, but also does not damage itself due to overheating.
步骤71、在控制器706向第一电源电路7031输出SW信号的高电平的同时,控制器706还向供电切换电路7033发送SW信号的高电平。Step 71: While the controller 706 outputs the high level of the SW signal to the first power supply circuit 7031, the controller 706 also sends the high level of the SW signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033.
步骤72、在第一电源电路7031接收到控制器706输出的SW信号的高电平时,第一电源电路7031向供电切换电路7033发送SW信号的高电平。Step 72: When the first power circuit 7031 receives the high level of the SW signal output by the controller 706, the first power circuit 7031 sends the high level of the SW signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033.
步骤8、供电切换电路7033根据SW信号的高电平,控制第一电源电路7031将供电设备输入的电压开始供电给第二电源电路7032,与此同时,将第二电源电路7032一通电的时刻记录为第一时刻。Step 8. According to the high level of the SW signal, the power supply switching circuit 7033 controls the first power circuit 7031 to start supplying the voltage input by the power supply device to the second power circuit 7032, and at the same time, the second power circuit 7032 is energized at the moment Recorded as the first moment.
由于在第二电源电路7032未通电时,第二热敏电阻RT2串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间。故,第一时刻即为第一电源电路7031向第二电源电路7032开始供电且第二热敏电阻RT2串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间的时刻。Because when the second power supply circuit 7032 is not powered on, the second thermistor RT2 is connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032. Therefore, the first time is the time when the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 and the second thermistor RT2 is connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032.
步骤9、从第一时刻开始,将经过预设时长后的时刻记录为第二时刻。Step 9. Starting from the first moment, record the moment after the preset period of time as the second moment.
步骤10、由于第二电源电路7032通电后,第二电源电路7032中的大电解需要从零开始充电,导致第二电源电路7032会产生浪涌电流。因此,在第二时刻时,第二电源电路7032可以根据SW信号的高电平,控制第二热敏电阻RT2从串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间切换为短路连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间,使得第二电源电路7032产生的浪涌电流通过第二热敏电阻RT2,起到保护第二电源电路7032中后端部件的作用,也使得第二电源电路7032可以向背光驱动电路705提供背光组件702中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能。Step 10. After the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized, the large electrolysis in the second power supply circuit 7032 needs to be charged from zero, which causes the second power supply circuit 7032 to generate a surge current. Therefore, at the second moment, the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 to switch from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 to being short-circuited according to the high level of the SW signal. Between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, the surge current generated by the second power supply circuit 7032 passes through the second thermistor RT2 to protect the back-end components of the second power supply circuit 7032. The second power supply circuit 7032 can provide the backlight driving circuit 705 with power of the backlight light source located in the second area in the backlight assembly 702.
其中,SW信号的高电平可以为控制器706或者第一电源电路7031不延时直接向第二电源电路7032输出的,也可以为控制器706或者第一电源电路7031经过预设时长直接向第二电源电路7032输出的。Among them, the high level of the SW signal can be directly output to the second power circuit 7032 by the controller 706 or the first power circuit 7031 without delay, or can be directly output to the controller 706 or the first power circuit 7031 after a preset period of time. Output from the second power supply circuit 7032.
步骤11、背光驱动电路705基于第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032所提供的电能,可以开启背光组件702的背光光源。 Step 11. The backlight driving circuit 705 can turn on the backlight light source of the backlight assembly 702 based on the electric energy provided by the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032.
本申请中,通过上述对第一电源电路和第二电源电路的时序控制,不仅节省了显示设备的待机功耗,还解决了由于浪涌电流的产生而导致热敏电阻过热而发生损坏的问题,延长了热敏电阻的寿命,使得热敏电阻起到保护第一电源电路和第二电源电路的作用,从而,实现了第一电源电路和第二电源电路向背光组件提供双电源的过程,确保了显示设备的画面品质,保障了显示设备的背光效果。In this application, through the above-mentioned sequence control of the first power circuit and the second power circuit, not only the standby power consumption of the display device is saved, but also the problem of the thermistor overheating and damage due to the generation of inrush current is solved , Extend the life of the thermistor, make the thermistor play the role of protecting the first power circuit and the second power circuit, thereby realizing the process of providing dual power to the backlight assembly by the first power circuit and the second power circuit, The picture quality of the display device is ensured, and the backlight effect of the display device is guaranteed.
在图7所示实施例的基础上,本申请可以将第一电源电路7031划分为多个部分。在一些实施例中,如图8所示,第一电源电路7031可以包括:第一电阻切换电路70311和第一电压转换电路70312。On the basis of the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the present application may divide the first power supply circuit 7031 into multiple parts. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 8, the first power supply circuit 7031 may include: a first resistance switching circuit 70311 and a first voltage conversion circuit 70312.
其中,第一电阻切换电路70311的控制端与控制器706的STB引脚/SW引脚连接,第一电阻切换电路70311并联连接在第一热敏电阻RT1的第一端和第二端之间,第一热敏电阻RT1的第一端还与供电设备连接,第一热敏电阻RT1的第二端与第一电压转换电路70312的输入端连接,第一电压转换电路70312的第一输出端与控制器706的供电引脚(即图7中的数字11)连接,第一电压转换电路70312的第二输出端与背光驱动电路705连接。The control terminal of the first resistance switching circuit 70311 is connected to the STB pin/SW pin of the controller 706, and the first resistance switching circuit 70311 is connected in parallel between the first terminal and the second terminal of the first thermistor RT1 , The first terminal of the first thermistor RT1 is also connected to the power supply device, the second terminal of the first thermistor RT1 is connected to the input terminal of the first voltage conversion circuit 70312, and the first output terminal of the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 It is connected to the power supply pin of the controller 706 (ie, number 11 in FIG. 7), and the second output terminal of the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 is connected to the backlight driving circuit 705.
基于上述连接关系,第一电阻切换电路70311可以从控制器706接收第一信号。且第一电阻切换电路70311根据第一信号,可以控制第一热敏电阻RT1串联连接在供电设备与第一电压转换电路70312之间,使得第一热敏电阻RT1正常连接。Based on the above connection relationship, the first resistance switching circuit 70311 can receive the first signal from the controller 706. In addition, the first resistance switching circuit 70311 can control the first thermistor RT1 to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 according to the first signal, so that the first thermistor RT1 is normally connected.
第一电阻切换电路70311还可以从供电后的控制器706接收第二信号。且第一电阻切换电路70311根据第二信号,可以控制第一热敏电阻RT1短路连接在供电设备与第一电压转换电路之间70312,使得第一热敏电阻RT1短路。The first resistance switching circuit 70311 may also receive a second signal from the controller 706 after the power is supplied. Furthermore, the first resistance switching circuit 70311 can control the first thermistor RT1 to be short-circuited between the power supply device and the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 according to the second signal, so that the first thermistor RT1 is short-circuited.
本申请中,第一电压转换电路70312可以将供电设备输入的电压进行转换并分别供电给控制器706和背光驱动电路705,使得控制器706和背光驱动电路705被通电,也使得背光驱动电路705驱动背光组件702中位于第一区域的 背光光源,以便实现后续操作。In this application, the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 can convert the voltage input by the power supply device and supply power to the controller 706 and the backlight driving circuit 705 respectively, so that the controller 706 and the backlight driving circuit 705 are energized, and the backlight driving circuit 705 is also energized. The backlight light source located in the first area in the backlight assembly 702 is driven to implement subsequent operations.
其中,第一电阻切换电路70311和第一电压转换电路70312可以为集成芯片,也可以为多个元器件组成的电路,本申请对此不做限定。Among them, the first resistance switching circuit 70311 and the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 may be an integrated chip, or may be a circuit composed of multiple components, which is not limited in this application.
在一些实施例中,如图9所示,第一电阻切换电路70311可以包括:第三电阻R3、第三电容C3、第四电阻R4、第五电阻R5、第二三极管V2、第一电容C1、第三二极管VD3以及第三继电器K3。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 9, the first resistance switching circuit 70311 may include: a third resistor R3, a third capacitor C3, a fourth resistor R4, a fifth resistor R5, a second transistor V2, a first resistor The capacitor C1, the third diode VD3 and the third relay K3.
其中,第三电阻R3的第一端和第三继电器K3的第四端均与控制器706连接,第三电阻R3的第二端分别与第三电容C3的第一端和第五电阻R5的第一端连接,第五电阻R5的第二端分别与第四电阻R4的第一端和第二三极管V2的基极连接,第二三极管V2的集电极分别与第一电容C1的第一端、第三二极管VD3的阳极以及第三继电器K3的第一端连接,第一电容C1的第二端和第三二极管VD3的阴极均与第三继电器K3的第四端连接,第三继电器K3的第二端与第一热敏电阻RT1的第一端连接,第三继电器K3的第三端与第一热敏电阻RT1的第二端连接,第三电容C3的第二端、第四电阻R4的第二端和第二三极管V2的发射极均接地。Wherein, the first end of the third resistor R3 and the fourth end of the third relay K3 are both connected to the controller 706, and the second end of the third resistor R3 is connected to the first end of the third capacitor C3 and the fifth resistor R5, respectively. The first end is connected, the second end of the fifth resistor R5 is respectively connected to the first end of the fourth resistor R4 and the base of the second triode V2, and the collector of the second triode V2 is respectively connected to the first capacitor C1 The first terminal of the third diode VD3, the anode of the third diode VD3, and the first terminal of the third relay K3 are connected. The second terminal of the first capacitor C1 and the cathode of the third diode VD3 are both connected to the fourth terminal of the third relay K3. The second terminal of the third relay K3 is connected to the first terminal of the first thermistor RT1, the third terminal of the third relay K3 is connected to the second terminal of the first thermistor RT1, the third capacitor C3 The second end, the second end of the fourth resistor R4 and the emitter of the second triode V2 are all grounded.
其中,第一电阻切换电路70311的实现方式不限于上述具体结构。Wherein, the implementation of the first resistance switching circuit 70311 is not limited to the above specific structure.
在一些实施例中,在图8所示实施例的基础上,如图10所示,第一电压转换电路70312可以包括:第一电磁干扰(Electromagnetic Interference,EMI)电路70312a、第一整流滤波电路70312b、第一PFC电路70312c和第一LLC电路70312d。In some embodiments, based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, as shown in FIG. 10, the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 may include: a first electromagnetic interference (EMI) circuit 70312a, a first rectification filter circuit 70312b, the first PFC circuit 70312c, and the first LLC circuit 70312d.
其中,第一电磁干扰电路70312a的输入端分别与第一电阻切换电路70311的输出端和第一热敏电阻RT1的第二端连接,第一电磁干扰电路70312a的输出端与第一整流滤波电路70312b的输入端连接,第一整流滤波电路70312b的输出端与第一PFC电路70312c的输入端连接,第一PFC电路70312c的输出端与第一LLC电路70312d的输入端连接,第一LLC电路70312d的输出端分别与控制器706和背光驱动电路705连接。The input terminal of the first electromagnetic interference circuit 70312a is respectively connected to the output terminal of the first resistance switching circuit 70311 and the second terminal of the first thermistor RT1, and the output terminal of the first electromagnetic interference circuit 70312a is connected to the first rectifier filter circuit. The input terminal of 70312b is connected, the output terminal of the first rectification filter circuit 70312b is connected with the input terminal of the first PFC circuit 70312c, the output terminal of the first PFC circuit 70312c is connected with the input terminal of the first LLC circuit 70312d, and the first LLC circuit 70312d The output terminals of are respectively connected to the controller 706 and the backlight driving circuit 705.
通常,通常大电解设置在第一整流滤波电路70312b中。第一整流滤波电路70312b、第一PFC电路70312c和第一LLC电路70312d的具体结构可以参见图4实施例的描述内容,此处不做赘述。Generally, the large electrolysis is usually provided in the first rectification filter circuit 70312b. The specific structures of the first rectifying and filtering circuit 70312b, the first PFC circuit 70312c, and the first LLC circuit 70312d can be referred to the description of the embodiment in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
其中,第一电压转换电路70312的实现方式不限于上述具体结构。Wherein, the implementation manner of the first voltage conversion circuit 70312 is not limited to the above specific structure.
本申请中,供电切换电路7033可以为集成芯片,也可以为多个元器件组成的电路,本申请对此不做限定。In this application, the power supply switching circuit 7033 may be an integrated chip or a circuit composed of multiple components, which is not limited in this application.
在一些实施例中,如图11所示,供电切换电路7033可以包括:第四电容C4、第一二极管VD1、第一继电器K1以及保险丝F。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 11, the power supply switching circuit 7033 may include: a fourth capacitor C4, a first diode VD1, a first relay K1, and a fuse F.
其中,第四电容C4的第一端、第一二极管VD1的阴极和第一继电器K1的第四端均与控制器706或者第一电源电路7031的SW引脚连接,第一继电器K1的第三端与保险丝F的第一端连接,保险丝F的第二端与第二电源电路7032连接,第一继电器K1的第二端分别与供电设备和第一电源电路7031连接,第一继电器K1的第一端、第一二极管VD1的阳极和第四电容C4的第二端均接地。Wherein, the first terminal of the fourth capacitor C4, the cathode of the first diode VD1, and the fourth terminal of the first relay K1 are all connected to the SW pin of the controller 706 or the first power circuit 7031, and the first relay K1 The third end is connected to the first end of the fuse F, the second end of the fuse F is connected to the second power supply circuit 7032, the second end of the first relay K1 is connected to the power supply device and the first power supply circuit 7031 respectively, and the first relay K1 The first terminal of, the anode of the first diode VD1 and the second terminal of the fourth capacitor C4 are all grounded.
本申请中,保险丝F为供电设备中火(L)线上的保险丝。当显示设备700进入待机模式时,第二信号处于第三电平,该第三电平用于指示第一继电器K的第二端和第三端断开,如SW信号的低电平,使得L线被切断,第二电源电路7032不会被供电。当显示设备的待机功率有消耗时,控制器706或者第一电源电路7031向供电切换电路7033发送第二信号,该第二信号处于第四电平,该第第四电平用于指示第一继电器K的第二端和第三端连接起来,使得L线被导通,第二电源电路7032被供电。In this application, the fuse F is the fuse on the mid-fire (L) line of the power supply equipment. When the display device 700 enters the standby mode, the second signal is at a third level, which is used to indicate that the second terminal and the third terminal of the first relay K are disconnected, such as the low level of the SW signal, so that The L line is cut off, and the second power supply circuit 7032 will not be powered. When the standby power of the display device is consumed, the controller 706 or the first power supply circuit 7031 sends a second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033. The second signal is at a fourth level, and the fourth level is used to indicate the first The second terminal and the third terminal of the relay K are connected, so that the L line is turned on, and the second power supply circuit 7032 is supplied with power.
其中,供电切换电路7033的实现方式不限于上述具体结构。Wherein, the implementation of the power supply switching circuit 7033 is not limited to the above specific structure.
本申请中,第二电源电路7032可以采用多种方式,将第二热敏电阻RT2短路,以避免第二电源电路7032产生的浪涌电流影响第二电源电路7032的后端部件。In this application, the second power supply circuit 7032 can short-circuit the second thermistor RT2 in various ways to prevent the surge current generated by the second power supply circuit 7032 from affecting the back-end components of the second power supply circuit 7032.
下面,在上述图7-图11所示实施例的基础上,结合图12-图20,分别对第二电源电路7032将第二热敏电阻RT2短路的具体实现过程进行详细说明。Hereinafter, on the basis of the above-mentioned embodiments shown in Figs. 7-11 and in conjunction with Figs. 12-20, the specific implementation process of the second power circuit 7032 short-circuiting the second thermistor RT2 will be described in detail.
在一些实施例中:如图12所示,本实施例中,供电切换电路7033设置在第二电源电路7032中。由于第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706均会向供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032输出第二信号,且供电切换电路7033设置在第二电源电路7032中,因此,供电切换电路7033和第二电源电路7032可以采用一个引脚且同时接收第二信号,即供电切换电路7033的控制端与第二电源电路7032的SW引脚连接,从而,减少了输入或输出口的数量,降低了信号传输的复杂度。In some embodiments: as shown in FIG. 12, in this embodiment, the power supply switching circuit 7033 is provided in the second power supply circuit 7032. Since the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 will both output the second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, and the power supply switching circuit 7033 is provided in the second power supply circuit 7032, the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 can use one pin and simultaneously receive the second signal, that is, the control end of the power supply switching circuit 7033 is connected to the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032, thereby reducing the number of input or output ports. Reduce the complexity of signal transmission.
本申请中,在供电切换电路7033和第二电源电路7032同时接收到第二信号时,第一电源电路7031通过供电切换电路7033向第二电源电路7032开始供电,使得第二电源电路7032通电。In this application, when the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 simultaneously receive the second signal, the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the second power circuit 7032 is energized.
在第二电源电路7032通电后,第二电源电路7032可以根据第二信号,控制第二热敏电阻RT2串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间,且延迟预设时长。经过预设时长后,第二电源电路7032再控制第二热敏电阻RT2从串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间切换为短路连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间,使得第二热敏电阻RT2短路。After the second power supply circuit 7032 is powered on, the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 according to the second signal, and delay the preset time. After a preset period of time, the second power supply circuit 7032 then controls the second thermistor RT2 to switch from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power circuit 7032 to being short-circuited between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power circuit 7032. In between, the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
基于前述描述,本申请可以将第二电源电路7032划分为多个部分。在一些实施例中,如图13所示,第二电源电路7032可以包括:第二电阻切换电路70321a和第二电压转换电路70322a。Based on the foregoing description, the present application can divide the second power supply circuit 7032 into multiple parts. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 13, the second power supply circuit 7032 may include: a second resistance switching circuit 70321a and a second voltage conversion circuit 70322a.
其中,第二电阻切换电路70321a的控制端与第一电源电路7031或者控制器706d的SW引脚连接,第二电阻切换电路70321a并联连接在第二热敏电阻RT2的第一端和第二端之间,第二热敏电阻RT2的第一端还与供电切换电路7033的输出端连接,第二热敏电阻RT2的第二端还与第二电压转换电路70322a的输入端连接,第二电压转换电路70322a的输出端与背光驱动电路705连接。The control end of the second resistance switching circuit 70321a is connected to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031 or the controller 706d, and the second resistance switching circuit 70321a is connected in parallel to the first and second ends of the second thermistor RT2 In between, the first terminal of the second thermistor RT2 is also connected to the output terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033, the second terminal of the second thermistor RT2 is also connected to the input terminal of the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a, and the second voltage The output terminal of the conversion circuit 70322a is connected to the backlight driving circuit 705.
基于上述连接关系,第二电阻切换电路70321a可以从第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706接收第二信号。与此同时,第一电源电路7031通过供电切换电路7033向第二电源电路7032开始供电。从而,第二电阻切换电路70321a可以根据第二信号,控制第二热敏电阻RT2串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电压转换电路70322a之间,且延迟预设时长。Based on the foregoing connection relationship, the second resistance switching circuit 70321a can receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706. At the same time, the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033. Therefore, the second resistance switching circuit 70321a can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a according to the second signal, and delay the preset duration.
经过预设时长后,第二电阻切换电路70321a可以控制第二热敏电阻RT2从串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电压转换电路70322a之间切换为短路连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电压转换电路70322a之间,使得第二热敏电阻RT2短路。After a preset period of time, the second resistance switching circuit 70321a can control the second thermistor RT2 to switch from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a to being short-circuited between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second voltage. Between the conversion circuits 70322a, the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
本申请中,第二电压转换电路70322a可以将从第一电源电路7031输出的电压进行转换并供电给背光驱动电路705,使得背光驱动电路705驱动背光组件702中位于第二区域的背光光源,实现显示设备700清晰的显示画面。In the present application, the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a can convert the voltage output from the first power supply circuit 7031 and supply power to the backlight driving circuit 705, so that the backlight driving circuit 705 drives the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly 702 to achieve The display device 700 displays a clear picture.
其中,第二电阻切换电路70321a和第二电压转换电路70322a可以为集成芯片,也可以为多个元器件组成的电路,本申请对此不做限定。Wherein, the second resistance switching circuit 70321a and the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a may be integrated chips or circuits composed of multiple components, which is not limited in this application.
在一些实施例中,如图14所示,第二电阻切换电路70321a可以包括:第一电阻R1、第二电容C2、稳压管VZ1、第二电阻R2、第一三极管V1、第二二极管VD2和第二继电器K2。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 14, the second resistance switching circuit 70321a may include: a first resistor R1, a second capacitor C2, a voltage regulator tube VZ1, a second resistor R2, a first transistor V1, a second resistor The diode VD2 and the second relay K2.
其中,第一电阻R1的第一端和第二继电器K2的第四端均与控制器706或者第一电源电路7031的SW引脚连接,第一电阻R1的第二端分别与第二电容C2的第一端和稳压管VZ1的负极连接,稳压管VZ1的正极分别与第二电阻R2的第一端和第一三极管V1的基极连接,第一三极管V1的集电极分别与第二二极管VD2的阳极和第二继电器K2的第一端连接,第二二极管VD2的阴极与第二继电器K2的第四端连接,第二继电器K2的第二端与第二热敏电阻RT2的第一端连接,第二继电器K2的第三端与第二热敏电阻RT2的第二端连接,第二电容C2的第二端、第二电阻R2的第二端和第一三极管V1的发射极均接地。The first end of the first resistor R1 and the fourth end of the second relay K2 are both connected to the SW pin of the controller 706 or the first power circuit 7031, and the second end of the first resistor R1 is respectively connected to the second capacitor C2. The first terminal of the zener tube VZ1 is connected to the negative electrode of the zener tube VZ1, the positive electrode of the zener tube VZ1 is connected to the first terminal of the second resistor R2 and the base of the first transistor V1, and the collector of the first transistor V1 Are respectively connected to the anode of the second diode VD2 and the first end of the second relay K2, the cathode of the second diode VD2 is connected to the fourth end of the second relay K2, and the second end of the second relay K2 is connected to the first end of the second relay K2. The first end of the two thermistors RT2 is connected, the third end of the second relay K2 is connected to the second end of the second thermistor RT2, the second end of the second capacitor C2, the second end of the second resistor R2 and The emitters of the first transistor V1 are all grounded.
本申请中,第一三极管V1为N型三极管。当控制器706或者第一电源电路7031向第二电阻切换电路70321a输出第二信号时,受到第一电阻R1和第二电容C2的影响,第二电容C2两端的电压逐渐变大,直到稳压管VZ1的稳压值时,稳压管VZ1导通,第一三极管V1导通,第二继电器K2将第二热敏电阻RT2短路。In this application, the first transistor V1 is an N-type transistor. When the controller 706 or the first power supply circuit 7031 outputs the second signal to the second resistance switching circuit 70321a, under the influence of the first resistor R1 and the second capacitor C2, the voltage across the second capacitor C2 gradually increases until the voltage is stabilized. When the voltage regulator value of VZ1 is controlled, the voltage regulator tube VZ1 is turned on, the first transistor V1 is turned on, and the second relay K2 short-circuits the second thermistor RT2.
其中,第一电阻R1的阻值、第二电容C2和容值以及稳压管VZ1的稳压值可以决定第二继电器K2的断开和导通的时间点,即决定预设时长,从而确保在第二电源电路7032上电后,L线上的浪涌电流经过预设时长后通过第二热敏电阻RT2,达到保护后端电路的作用。Among them, the resistance value of the first resistor R1, the second capacitor C2 and the capacitance value, and the voltage stabilization value of the voltage regulator tube VZ1 can determine the time point when the second relay K2 is turned off and on, that is, the preset time is determined to ensure After the second power circuit 7032 is powered on, the surge current on the L line passes through the second thermistor RT2 after a preset period of time, so as to protect the back-end circuit.
其中,第二电阻切换电路70321a的实现方式不限于上述具体结构。Wherein, the implementation of the second resistance switching circuit 70321a is not limited to the above specific structure.
在一些实施例中,如图15所示,第二电压转换电路70322a可以包括:第二电磁干扰电路70322aa、第二整流滤波电路70322ab、第二PFC电路70322ac和第二LLC电路70322ad。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 15, the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a may include: a second electromagnetic interference circuit 70322aa, a second rectification filter circuit 70322ab, a second PFC circuit 70322ac, and a second LLC circuit 70322ad.
其中,第二电磁干扰电路70322aa的输入端分别与第二电阻切换电路70321a的输出端和第二热敏电阻RT2的第二端连接,第二电磁干扰电路70322aa的输出端与第二整流滤波电路70322ab的输入端连接,第二整流滤波电路70322ab的输出端与第二PFC电路70322ac的输入端连接,第二PFC电 路70322ac的输出端与第二LLC电路70322ad的输入端连接,第二LLC电路70322ad的输出端与背光驱动电路705连接。Among them, the input end of the second electromagnetic interference circuit 70322aa is connected to the output end of the second resistance switching circuit 70321a and the second end of the second thermistor RT2 respectively, and the output end of the second electromagnetic interference circuit 70322aa is connected to the second rectifier filter circuit. The input terminal of 70322ab is connected, the output terminal of the second rectification filter circuit 70322ab is connected with the input terminal of the second PFC circuit 70322ac, the output terminal of the second PFC circuit 70322ac is connected with the input terminal of the second LLC circuit 70322ad, and the second LLC circuit 70322ad The output terminal of is connected to the backlight driving circuit 705.
通常,通常大电解设置在第二整流滤波电路70322ab中。第二整流滤波电路70322ab、第二PFC电路70322ac和第二LLC电路70322ad的具体结构可以参见图4实施例的描述内容,此处不做赘述。Generally, the large electrolysis is usually provided in the second rectifying and filtering circuit 70322ab. For the specific structures of the second rectifying and filtering circuit 70322ab, the second PFC circuit 70322ac, and the second LLC circuit 70322ad, please refer to the description of the embodiment in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
其中,第二电压转换电路70322a的实现方式不限于上述具体结构。Wherein, the implementation manner of the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a is not limited to the above specific structure.
在一些实施例中:如图16所示,与上述实施例相同的是,本实施例中,供电切换电路7033设置在第二电源电路7032中。与上述实施例不同的是,本实施例中,第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706并不是同时向供电切换电路7033和第二电源电路7032输出第二信号,而是第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706先向供电切换电路7033输出第二信号。经过预设时长后,第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706再向第二电源电路7032输出第二信号。即供电切换电路7033接收第二信号的时刻早于第二电源电路7032接收第二信号的时刻,且间隔预设时长。In some embodiments: as shown in FIG. 16, the same as the above embodiments, in this embodiment, the power supply switching circuit 7033 is provided in the second power supply circuit 7032. The difference from the foregoing embodiment is that in this embodiment, the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 does not simultaneously output the second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, but the first power circuit 7032. 7031 or the powered controller 706 first outputs the second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033. After the preset period of time has elapsed, the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 then outputs a second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032. That is, the time when the power supply switching circuit 7033 receives the second signal is earlier than the time when the second power circuit 7032 receives the second signal, and the interval is preset.
其中,供电切换电路7033的控制端可以直接与第一电源电路7031的SW引脚连接,供电切换电路7033的控制端可以直接与控制器706的SW引脚连接,本申请对此不做限定。当控制器706向第二电源电路7032输出第二信号时,控制器706的SW引脚具有两个(图16中以SW1和SW2示出),其中一个SW引脚(图16中以SW1示出)与第一电源电路7031的SW引脚(图16中以SW1和SW2示出)连接,另一个SW引脚(图16中以SW2示出)与第二电源电路7032的SW引脚连接,从而实现控制器706分时向第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032输出第二信号。当第一电源电路7031向第二电源电路7032输出第二信号时,第一电源电路7031的SW引脚具有两个,其中一个SW引脚(图16中以SW1示出)与控制器706的SW引脚连接,另一个SW引脚(图16中以SW2示出)与第二电源电路7032的SW引脚连接,从而,第一电源电路7031从控制器706的SW引脚接收到第二信号,并经过预设时长,可以向第二电源电路7032的SW引脚输出第二信号。The control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 may be directly connected to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031, and the control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 may be directly connected to the SW pin of the controller 706, which is not limited in this application. When the controller 706 outputs the second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032, the controller 706 has two SW pins (shown as SW1 and SW2 in FIG. 16), and one of the SW pins (shown as SW1 in FIG. 16) Out) is connected to the SW pin (shown as SW1 and SW2 in FIG. 16) of the first power supply circuit 7031, and the other SW pin (shown as SW2 in FIG. 16) is connected to the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032 In this way, the controller 706 outputs the second signal to the first power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032 in a time-sharing manner. When the first power supply circuit 7031 outputs the second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032, the first power supply circuit 7031 has two SW pins, one of which is SW pin (shown as SW1 in FIG. 16) and the controller 706 The SW pin is connected, and the other SW pin (shown as SW2 in FIG. 16) is connected to the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032, so that the first power supply circuit 7031 receives the second switch from the SW pin of the controller 706 After a preset period of time, the second signal can be output to the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032.
本申请中,在供电切换电路7033接收到第二信号时,第一电源电路7031通过供电切换电路7033供电给第二电源电路7032,使得第二电源电路7032通电。In the present application, when the power supply switching circuit 7033 receives the second signal, the first power supply circuit 7031 supplies power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized.
在第二电源电路7032通电后,第二电源电路7032可以控制第二热敏电阻RT2串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间。经过预设时长后,第二电源电路7032接收到第二信号,此时,第二电源电路7032可以根据第二信号,控制第二热敏电阻RT2从串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间切换为短路连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间,使得第二热敏电阻RT2短路。After the second power supply circuit 7032 is powered on, the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032. After a preset period of time, the second power supply circuit 7032 receives the second signal. At this time, the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 from the series connection between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply according to the second signal. The circuits 7032 are switched to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, so that the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
基于前述描述,本申请可以将第二电源电路7032划分为多个部分。在一些实施例中,如图17所示,第二电源电路7032可以包括:第三电阻切换电路70321b和第三电压转换电路70322b。Based on the foregoing description, the present application can divide the second power supply circuit 7032 into multiple parts. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 17, the second power supply circuit 7032 may include: a third resistance switching circuit 70321b and a third voltage conversion circuit 70322b.
其中,第三电阻切换电路70321b的控制端与第一电源电路7031或者控制器706的SW引脚)连接,第三电阻切换电路70321b并联连接在第二热敏电阻RT2的第一端和第二端之间,第二热敏电阻RT2的第一端还与供电切换电路7033的输出端连接,第二热敏电阻RT2的第二端还与第三电压转换电路70322b的输入端连接,第三电压转换电路70322b的输出端与背光驱动电路705连接。The control terminal of the third resistance switching circuit 70321b is connected to the first power supply circuit 7031 or the SW pin of the controller 706), and the third resistance switching circuit 70321b is connected in parallel to the first terminal and the second terminal of the second thermistor RT2. The first terminal of the second thermistor RT2 is also connected to the output terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033, the second terminal of the second thermistor RT2 is also connected to the input terminal of the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b, and the third The output terminal of the voltage conversion circuit 70322b is connected to the backlight driving circuit 705.
基于前述连接关系,供电切换电路7033在接收到第二信号时,第一电源电路7031通过供电切换电路7033向第二电源电路7032开始供电。从而,第三电阻切换电路70321b可以控制第二热敏电阻RT2串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第三电压转换电路70322b之间。Based on the foregoing connection relationship, when the power supply switching circuit 7033 receives the second signal, the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033. Therefore, the third resistance switching circuit 70321b can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b.
经过预设时长后,第三电阻切换电路70321b可以从第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706接收第二信号。从而,第三电阻切换电路70321b可以根据第二信号,控制第二热敏电阻RT2从串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第三电压转换电路70322b之间切换为短路连接在供电切换电路7033与第三电压转换电路70322b之间,使得第二热敏电阻RT2短路。After a preset period of time, the third resistance switching circuit 70321b may receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706. Therefore, the third resistance switching circuit 70321b can control the second thermistor RT2 to switch from the series connection between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b to the short circuit connection between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b according to the second signal. Between the voltage conversion circuits 70322b, the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
从而,第三电压转换电路70322b可以将从第一电源电路7031输出的电压进行转换并供电给背光驱动电路705,使得背光驱动电路705驱动背光组件702中位于第二区域的的背光光源,实现显示设备700清晰的显示画面。Therefore, the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b can convert the voltage output from the first power supply circuit 7031 and supply it to the backlight driving circuit 705, so that the backlight driving circuit 705 drives the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly 702 to achieve display The device 700 clearly displays the picture.
其中,第三电阻切换电路70321b和第三电压转换电路70322b可以为集成芯片,也可以为多个元器件组成的电路,本申请对此不做限定。Wherein, the third resistance switching circuit 70321b and the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b may be integrated chips or circuits composed of multiple components, which is not limited in this application.
在一些实施例中,如图18所示,第三电阻切换电路70321b可以包括:第 六电阻R2‘、第三三极管V1‘、第四二极管VD2‘和第四继电器K2‘。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 18, the third resistance switching circuit 70321b may include: a sixth resistor R2', a third triode V1', a fourth diode VD2', and a fourth relay K2'.
其中,第六电阻R2‘的第一端、第三三极管V1‘的基极和第四继电器K2‘的第四端均与控制器706或者第一电源电路7031连接,第三三极管V1‘的集电极分别与第四二极管VD2‘的阳极和第四继电器K2‘的第一端连接,第四二极管VD2‘的阴极与第四继电器K2‘的第四端连接,第四继电器K2‘的第二端与第二热敏电阻RT2的第一端连接,第四继电器K2‘的第三端与第二热敏电阻RT2的第二端连接,第二电容C2‘的第二端、第六电阻R2的第二端和第三三极管V1‘的发射极均接地。The first end of the sixth resistor R2', the base of the third transistor V1', and the fourth end of the fourth relay K2' are all connected to the controller 706 or the first power circuit 7031, and the third transistor The collector of V1' is respectively connected to the anode of the fourth diode VD2' and the first end of the fourth relay K2', and the cathode of the fourth diode VD2' is connected to the fourth end of the fourth relay K2'. The second terminal of the four relay K2' is connected to the first terminal of the second thermistor RT2, the third terminal of the fourth relay K2' is connected to the second terminal of the second thermistor RT2, and the second terminal of the second capacitor C2' The second end, the second end of the sixth resistor R2 and the emitter of the third transistor V1' are all grounded.
其中,第三电阻切换电路70321b的实现方式不限于上述具体结构。Wherein, the implementation of the third resistance switching circuit 70321b is not limited to the above specific structure.
其中,第三电压转换电路70322b的具体结构可以参见上述实施例中图15所示实施例的第二电压转换电路70322a的结构描述,此处不做赘述。For the specific structure of the third voltage conversion circuit 70322b, reference may be made to the description of the structure of the second voltage conversion circuit 70322a in the embodiment shown in FIG. 15 in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described herein.
在一些实施例中:In some embodiments:
如图19所示,与前述实施例不同的是,本实施例中,供电切换电路7033设置在第一电源电路7031中。这样,供电切换电路7033和第二电源电路7032通过不同的引脚从第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706接收第二信号。其中,供电切换电路7033的控制端可以直接与第一电源电路7031的SW引脚连接,供电切换电路7033的控制端可以直接与控制器706的SW引脚连接,本申请对此不做限定。与前述实施例相同的是,本实施例中,供电切换电路7033和第二电源电路7032同时接收第二信号,从而,降低了信号传输的复杂度。As shown in FIG. 19, the difference from the foregoing embodiment is that in this embodiment, the power supply switching circuit 7033 is provided in the first power supply circuit 7031. In this way, the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 through different pins. The control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be directly connected to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031, and the control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be directly connected to the SW pin of the controller 706, which is not limited in this application. Similar to the foregoing embodiment, in this embodiment, the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 simultaneously receive the second signal, thereby reducing the complexity of signal transmission.
本申请中,在供电切换电路7033和第二电源电路7032同时接收到第二信号时,第一电源电路7031通过供电切换电路7033向第二电源电路7032开始供电,使得第二电源电路7032通电。In this application, when the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 simultaneously receive the second signal, the first power supply circuit 7031 starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized.
在第二电源电路7032通电后,第二电源电路7032可以根据第二信号,控制第二热敏电阻RT2串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间,且延迟预设时长。经过预设时长后,第二电源电路7032再控制第二热敏电阻RT2从串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间切换为短路连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间,使得第二热敏电阻RT2短路。After the second power supply circuit 7032 is powered on, the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032 according to the second signal, and delay the preset time. After a preset period of time, the second power supply circuit 7032 controls the second thermistor RT2 to switch from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power circuit 7032 to being short-circuited between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power circuit 7032. In between, the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
其中,第二电源电路7032的具体结构可以参见上述实施例中第二电源电路7032的结构描述,此处不做赘述。For the specific structure of the second power supply circuit 7032, please refer to the description of the structure of the second power supply circuit 7032 in the foregoing embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中:In some embodiments:
如图20所示,与前述实施例相同的是,本实施例中,供电切换电路7033设置在第一电源电路7031中。与前述实施例不同的是,本实施例中,第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706并不是同时向供电切换电路7033和第二电源电路7032输出第二信号,而是第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706先向供电切换电路7033输出第二信号。经过预设时长后,第一电源电路7031或者供电后的控制器706再向第二电源电路7032输出第二信号。即供电切换电路7033接收第二信号的时刻早于第二电源电路7032接收第二信号的时刻,且间隔预设时长。As shown in FIG. 20, the same as the previous embodiment, in this embodiment, the power supply switching circuit 7033 is provided in the first power supply circuit 7031. The difference from the foregoing embodiment is that in this embodiment, the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 does not simultaneously output the second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, but the first power circuit 7032. 7031 or the powered controller 706 first outputs the second signal to the power supply switching circuit 7033. After the preset period of time has elapsed, the first power supply circuit 7031 or the powered controller 706 then outputs a second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032. That is, the time when the power supply switching circuit 7033 receives the second signal is earlier than the time when the second power circuit 7032 receives the second signal, and the interval is preset.
其中,供电切换电路7033的控制端可以直接与第一电源电路7031的SW引脚连接,供电切换电路7033的控制端可以直接与控制器706的SW引脚连接,本申请对此不做限定。当控制器706向第二电源电路7032输出第二信号时,控制器706的SW引脚具有两个(图20中以SW1和SW2示出),其中一个SW引脚(图20中以SW1示出)与第一电源电路7031的SW引脚连接,另一个SW引脚(图20中以SW2示出)与第二电源电路7032的SW引脚连接,从而实现控制器706分时向第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032输出第二信号。当第一电源电路7031向第二电源电路7032输出第二信号时,第一电源电路7031的SW引脚具有两个(图20中以SW1和SW2示出),其中一个SW引脚(图20中以SW1示出)与控制器706的SW引脚连接,另一个SW引脚(图20中以SW2示出)与第二电源电路7032的SW引脚连接,从而,第一电源电路7031从控制器706的SW引脚接收到第二信号,并经过预设时长,可以向第二电源电路7032的SW引脚输出第二信号。The control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be directly connected to the SW pin of the first power supply circuit 7031, and the control terminal of the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be directly connected to the SW pin of the controller 706, which is not limited in this application. When the controller 706 outputs the second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032, there are two SW pins of the controller 706 (shown as SW1 and SW2 in FIG. 20), and one SW pin (shown as SW1 in FIG. 20) OUT) is connected to the SW pin of the first power circuit 7031, and the other SW pin (shown as SW2 in FIG. 20) is connected to the SW pin of the second power circuit 7032, so as to realize the time-sharing of the controller 706 to the first The power supply circuit 7031 and the second power supply circuit 7032 output the second signal. When the first power supply circuit 7031 outputs the second signal to the second power supply circuit 7032, the first power supply circuit 7031 has two SW pins (shown as SW1 and SW2 in FIG. 20), and one of the SW pins (shown as SW1 and SW2 in FIG. 20) (Shown in SW1) is connected to the SW pin of the controller 706, and the other SW pin (shown as SW2 in FIG. 20) is connected to the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032, so that the first power supply circuit 7031 is from The SW pin of the controller 706 receives the second signal, and after a preset time period, can output the second signal to the SW pin of the second power supply circuit 7032.
本申请中,在供电切换电路7033接收到第二信号时,第一电源电路7031通过供电切换电路7033供电给第二电源电路7032,使得第二电源电路7032通电。In the present application, when the power supply switching circuit 7033 receives the second signal, the first power supply circuit 7031 supplies power to the second power supply circuit 7032 through the power supply switching circuit 7033, so that the second power supply circuit 7032 is energized.
在第二电源电路7032通电后,第二电源电路7032可以控制第二热敏电阻RT2串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间。经过预设时长后,第二电源电路7032接收到第二信号,此时,第二电源电路7032可以根据第二信号,控制第二热敏电阻RT2从串联连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032之间切换为短路连接在供电切换电路7033与第二电源电路7032 之间,使得第二热敏电阻RT2短路。After the second power supply circuit 7032 is powered on, the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032. After a preset period of time, the second power supply circuit 7032 receives the second signal. At this time, the second power supply circuit 7032 can control the second thermistor RT2 from the series connection between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply according to the second signal. The circuits 7032 are switched to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit 7033 and the second power supply circuit 7032, so that the second thermistor RT2 is short-circuited.
其中,第二电源电路7032的具体结构可以参见上述实施例中第二电源电路7032的结构描述,此处不做赘述。For the specific structure of the second power supply circuit 7032, please refer to the description of the structure of the second power supply circuit 7032 in the foregoing embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,除了上述实施例之外,供电切换电路7033可以设置在第一电源电路7031和第二电源电路7032中,第二电源电路7032将第二热敏电阻RT2短路的具体实现过程可以参见上述四个实施例所示内容,此处不做赘述。It should be noted that, in addition to the above embodiments, the power supply switching circuit 7033 can be provided in the first power circuit 7031 and the second power circuit 7032, and the specific implementation process of the second power circuit 7032 short-circuiting the second thermistor RT2 can be Refer to the content shown in the above four embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
最后应说明的是:以上各实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述各实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the application, not to limit them; although the application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: It is still possible to modify the technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments, or equivalently replace some or all of the technical features; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. range.

Claims (15)

  1. 一种显示设备,其特征在于,A display device, characterized in that,
    显示屏,被配置为呈现图像内容;The display screen is configured to present image content;
    背光组件,被配置为向所述显示屏提供背光光源;A backlight assembly configured to provide a backlight light source for the display screen;
    第一电源电路,被配置为向所述背光组件中的部分背光光源的提供电能;The first power supply circuit is configured to provide power to part of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly;
    第二电源电路,被配置为向所述背光组件中的部分背光光源的提供电能;The second power supply circuit is configured to provide power to part of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly;
    TCON电路,被配置为驱动所述显示屏呈现图像内容;The TCON circuit is configured to drive the display screen to present image content;
    背光驱动电路,被配置为控制所述背光组件中背光光源的亮度和/或开启与关闭;A backlight driving circuit configured to control the brightness and/or turning on and off of the backlight light source in the backlight assembly;
    控制器,被配置为在接收到开机指令时,控制第一电源电路向第二电源电路供电。The controller is configured to control the first power supply circuit to supply power to the second power supply circuit when receiving the power-on instruction.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的显示设备,其特征在于,还包括:供电切换电路;所述供电切换电路连接在所述第一电源电路的输入端和所述第二电源电路的输入端之间,所述第一电源电路的输入端与供电设备连接;The display device according to claim 1, further comprising: a power supply switching circuit; the power supply switching circuit is connected between the input terminal of the first power supply circuit and the input terminal of the second power supply circuit, The input end of the first power supply circuit is connected to a power supply device;
    所述控制器,被配置为控制所述第一电源电路向所述控制器供电以及向背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第一区域的背光光源的电能;The controller is configured to control the first power supply circuit to supply power to the controller and to provide the backlight drive circuit with power for the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly;
    所述控制器,还被配置为通过导通所述供电切换电路,控制所述第一电源电路向所述第二电源电路供电,且控制供电后的所述第二电源电路向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能,所述第一区域和所述第二区域构成所述显示屏的显示区域。The controller is further configured to control the first power supply circuit to supply power to the second power supply circuit by turning on the power supply switching circuit, and control the powered second power supply circuit to drive the backlight The circuit provides power to the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly, and the first area and the second area constitute a display area of the display screen.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的显示设备,其特征在于,The display device according to claim 2, wherein:
    所述控制器,还被配置为经过预设时长后,通过将所述第二电源电路中的第二热敏电阻从串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间切换为短路连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间,控制所述第二电源电路向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能。The controller is further configured to switch the second thermistor in the second power supply circuit from being connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit to after a preset time period has elapsed. A short circuit is connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit, and the second power supply circuit is controlled to provide the backlight driving circuit with power of the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的显示设备,其特征在于,The display device according to claim 3, wherein:
    所述控制器,还被配置为通过将所述第二电源电路中的第二热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间,控制所述第一电源电路将供电设备输入的电压向所述第二电源电路供电。The controller is further configured to control the first power supply circuit to connect the second thermistor in the second power supply circuit in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit. The voltage input by the power supply device supplies power to the second power supply circuit.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的显示设备,其特征在于,The display device according to claim 2, wherein:
    所述控制器,被配置为通过将所述第一电源电路中的第一热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电设备与所述第一电源电路之间,控制所述第一电源电路将所述供电设备输入的电压向所述控制器供电以及向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第一区域的背光光源的电能。The controller is configured to control the first power supply circuit to control the first power supply circuit by connecting the first thermistor in the first power supply circuit in series between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit The voltage input by the power supply device supplies power to the controller and provides the backlight driving circuit with power of the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的显示设备,其特征在于,The display device according to claim 5, wherein:
    所述控制器,还被配置为控制所述第一电源电路中的第一热敏电阻从串联连接在所述供电设备与所述第一电源电路之间切换至短路连接在供电设备与所述第一电源电路之间。The controller is further configured to control the first thermistor in the first power supply circuit to switch from being connected in series between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit to being short-circuited between the power supply device and the first power supply circuit. Between the first power circuit.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的显示设备,其特征在于,所述第一电源电路包括:第一电阻切换电路和第一电压转换电路;7. The display device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first power supply circuit comprises: a first resistance switching circuit and a first voltage conversion circuit;
    其中,所述第一电阻切换电路的控制端与所述控制器连接,所述第一电阻切换电路并联连接在所述第一热敏电阻的第一端和第二端之间,所述第一热敏电阻的第一端还与供电设备连接,所述第一热敏电阻的第二端与所述第一电压转换电路的输入端连接,所述第一电压转换电路的第一输出端与所述控制器连接,所述第一电压转换电路的第二输出端与所述背光驱动电路连接;Wherein, the control end of the first resistance switching circuit is connected to the controller, the first resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel between the first end and the second end of the first thermistor, and the first resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel between the first end and the second end of the first thermistor. The first end of a thermistor is also connected to the power supply device, the second end of the first thermistor is connected to the input end of the first voltage conversion circuit, and the first output end of the first voltage conversion circuit is Connected to the controller, and the second output terminal of the first voltage conversion circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit;
    所述控制器,被配置为向所述第一电阻切换电路发送第一信号;The controller is configured to send a first signal to the first resistance switching circuit;
    所述第一电阻切换电路,被配置为基于所述第一信号,控制所述第一热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电设备与所述第一电压转换电路之间;The first resistance switching circuit is configured to control the first thermistor to be connected in series between the power supply device and the first voltage conversion circuit based on the first signal;
    所述控制器,还被配置为向所述第一电阻切换电路发送第二信号;The controller is further configured to send a second signal to the first resistance switching circuit;
    所述第一电阻切换电路,还被配置为基于所述第二信号,控制所述第一热敏电阻短路连接在所述供电设备与所述第一电压转换电路之间;The first resistance switching circuit is further configured to control the first thermistor to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply device and the first voltage conversion circuit based on the second signal;
    所述第一电压转换电路,被配置为将所述供电设备输入的电压进行转换并向所述控制器供电以及向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第一区域的背光光源的电能。The first voltage conversion circuit is configured to convert the voltage input by the power supply device and supply power to the controller, and to provide the backlight driving circuit with the power of the backlight light source located in the first area of the backlight assembly .
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的显示设备,其特征在于,The display device according to claim 7, wherein:
    所述第一电阻切换电路包括:第三电阻、第三电容、第四电阻、第五电阻、第二三极管、第一电容、第三二极管以及第三继电器;The first resistance switching circuit includes: a third resistor, a third capacitor, a fourth resistor, a fifth resistor, a second triode, a first capacitor, a third diode, and a third relay;
    其中,所述第三电阻的第一端和所述第三继电器的第四端均与所述控制器连接,所述第三电阻的第二端分别与所述第三电容的第一端和所述第五电阻的第一端连接,所述第五电阻的第二端分别与所述第四电阻的第一端和所述第二 三极管的基极连接,所述第二三极管的集电极分别与所述第一电容的第一端、所述第三二极管的阳极以及所述第三继电器的第一端连接,所述第一电容的第二端和所述第三二极管的阴极均与所述第三继电器的第四端连接,所述第三继电器的第二端与所述第一热敏电阻的第一端连接,所述第三继电器的第三端与所述第一热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第三电容的第二端、所述第四电阻的第二端和所述第二三极管的发射极均接地;Wherein, the first end of the third resistor and the fourth end of the third relay are both connected to the controller, and the second end of the third resistor is respectively connected to the first end and the first end of the third capacitor. The first end of the fifth resistor is connected, the second end of the fifth resistor is respectively connected to the first end of the fourth resistor and the base of the second triode, and the second triode is The collector of the tube is respectively connected to the first end of the first capacitor, the anode of the third diode, and the first end of the third relay. The second end of the first capacitor is connected to the first end of the third relay. The cathodes of the three diodes are all connected to the fourth end of the third relay, the second end of the third relay is connected to the first end of the first thermistor, and the third end of the third relay is connected to the first end of the first thermistor. The terminal is connected to the second terminal of the first thermistor, and the second terminal of the third capacitor, the second terminal of the fourth resistor, and the emitter of the second triode are all grounded;
    所述第一电压转换电路包括:第一电磁干扰电路、第一整流滤波电路、第一PFC电路和第一LLC电路;The first voltage conversion circuit includes: a first electromagnetic interference circuit, a first rectification filter circuit, a first PFC circuit, and a first LLC circuit;
    其中,所述第一电磁干扰电路的输入端分别与所述第一电阻切换电路的输出端和所述第一热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第一电磁干扰电路的输出端与所述第一整流滤波电路的输入端连接,所述第一整流滤波电路的输出端与所述第一PFC电路的输入端连接,所述第一PFC电路的输出端与所述第一LLC电路的输入端连接,所述第一LLC电路的输出端分别与所述控制器和所述背光驱动电路连接。Wherein, the input end of the first electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the output end of the first resistance switching circuit and the second end of the first thermistor respectively, and the output end of the first electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the second end of the first thermistor. The input end of the first rectification and filter circuit is connected, the output end of the first rectification and filter circuit is connected to the input end of the first PFC circuit, and the output end of the first PFC circuit is connected to the first LLC circuit. The input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the first LLC circuit is respectively connected to the controller and the backlight driving circuit.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的显示设备,其特征在于,The display device according to claim 7, wherein:
    所述第二电源电路,被配置为在接收到所述第一电源电路或者供电后的所述控制器输出的所述第二信号,且所述第一电源电路通过所述供电切换电路向所述第二电源电路开始供电时,基于所述第二信号,控制所述第二热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间,且延迟所述预设时长;经过所述预设时长后,控制所述第二热敏电阻短路连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间;The second power supply circuit is configured to receive the first power supply circuit or the second signal output by the controller after power supply, and the first power supply circuit supplies the power supply circuit to the power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit. When the second power supply circuit starts to supply power, based on the second signal, control the second thermistor to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit, and delay the preset duration; After the preset time period has elapsed, controlling the second thermistor to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit;
    或者,or,
    所述第二电源电路,被配置为在所述第一电源电路通过所述供电切换电路向所述第二电源电路开始供电时,控制所述第二热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间;从所述第一电源电路或者供电后的所述控制器经过所述预设时长后接收所述第二信号,并基于所述第二信号,控制所述第二热敏电阻短路连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电源电路之间。The second power supply circuit is configured to control the second thermistor to be connected in series to the power supply switching circuit when the first power supply circuit starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit Between the second power supply circuit and the second power supply circuit; the second signal is received from the first power supply circuit or the controller after supplying power after the preset time period, and based on the second signal, controls the The second thermistor is short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second power supply circuit.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的显示设备,其特征在于,所述第二电源电路包括:第二电阻切换电路和第二电压转换电路;9. The display device of claim 9, wherein the second power supply circuit comprises: a second resistance switching circuit and a second voltage conversion circuit;
    其中,所述第二电阻切换电路的控制端与所述第一电源电路或者所述控制 器连接,所述第二电阻切换电路并联连接在所述第二热敏电阻的第一端和第二端之间,所述第二热敏电阻的第一端还与所述供电切换电路的输出端连接,所述第二热敏电阻的第二端还与所述第二电压转换电路的输入端连接,所述第二电压转换电路的输出端与所述背光驱动电路连接;Wherein, the control end of the second resistance switching circuit is connected to the first power supply circuit or the controller, and the second resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel to the first end and the second end of the second thermistor. The first terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the output terminal of the power supply switching circuit, and the second terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the input terminal of the second voltage conversion circuit. Connected, the output terminal of the second voltage conversion circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit;
    所述第二电阻切换电路,用于在接收到所述第一电源电路或者供电后的所述控制器输出的所述第二信号,以及所述第一电源电路通过所述供电切换电路向所述第二电源电路开始供电时,基于所述第二信号,控制所述第二热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电压转换电路之间,且延迟所述预设时长;The second resistance switching circuit is configured to receive the second signal output by the controller after receiving the first power supply circuit or the power supply, and the first power supply circuit sends the signal to the power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit. When the second power supply circuit starts to supply power, based on the second signal, the second thermistor is controlled to be connected in series between the power supply switching circuit and the second voltage conversion circuit, and the preset duration is delayed ;
    所述第二电阻切换电路,还用于经过所述预设时长后,控制所述第二热敏电阻短路连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第二电压转换电路之间;The second resistance switching circuit is further configured to control the second thermistor to be short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the second voltage conversion circuit after the preset time period has elapsed;
    所述第二电压转换电路,用于将从所述第一电源电路输出的电压进行转换并向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能。The second voltage conversion circuit is used for converting the voltage output from the first power supply circuit and providing the backlight driving circuit with power of the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的显示设备,其特征在于,The display device according to claim 10, wherein:
    所述第二电阻切换电路包括:第一电阻、第二电容、稳压管、第二电阻、第一三极管、第二二极管和第二继电器;The second resistance switching circuit includes: a first resistor, a second capacitor, a voltage regulator tube, a second resistor, a first triode, a second diode, and a second relay;
    其中,所述第一电阻的第一端和所述第二继电器的第四端均与所述控制器或者所述第一电源电路连接,所述第一电阻的第二端分别与第二电容的第一端和所述稳压管的负极连接,所述稳压管的正极分别与所述第二电阻的第一端和所述第一三极管的基极连接,所述第一三极管的集电极分别与所述第二二极管的阳极和所述第二继电器的第一端连接,所述第二二极管的阴极与所述第二继电器的第四端连接,所述第二继电器的第二端与所述第二热敏电阻的第一端连接,所述第二继电器的第三端与所述第二热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第二电容的第二端、所述第二电阻的第二端和所述第一三极管的发射极均接地;Wherein, the first end of the first resistor and the fourth end of the second relay are both connected to the controller or the first power circuit, and the second end of the first resistor is respectively connected to the second capacitor The first end of the voltage regulator tube is connected to the negative electrode of the voltage regulator tube, and the anode electrode of the voltage regulator tube is respectively connected to the first end of the second resistor and the base electrode of the first triode. The collector of the pole tube is respectively connected to the anode of the second diode and the first end of the second relay, and the cathode of the second diode is connected to the fourth end of the second relay, so The second end of the second relay is connected to the first end of the second thermistor, the third end of the second relay is connected to the second end of the second thermistor, and the second capacitor The second end of the second resistor, the second end of the second resistor, and the emitter of the first triode are all grounded;
    所述第二电压转换电路包括:第二电磁干扰电路、第二整流滤波电路、第二PFC电路和第二LLC电路;The second voltage conversion circuit includes: a second electromagnetic interference circuit, a second rectification filter circuit, a second PFC circuit, and a second LLC circuit;
    其中,所述第二电磁干扰电路的输入端分别与所述第二电阻切换电路的输出端和所述第二热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第二电磁干扰电路的输出端与所述第二整流滤波电路的输入端连接,所述第二整流滤波电路的输出端与所述第二PFC电路的输入端连接,所述第二PFC电路的输出端与所述第二LLC电路 的输入端连接,所述第二LLC电路的输出端与所述背光驱动电路连接。Wherein, the input end of the second electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the output end of the second resistance switching circuit and the second end of the second thermistor respectively, and the output end of the second electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the second end of the second thermistor. The input end of the second rectification filter circuit is connected, the output end of the second rectification filter circuit is connected to the input end of the second PFC circuit, and the output end of the second PFC circuit is connected to the second LLC circuit. The input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the second LLC circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit.
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的显示设备,其特征在于,所述第二电源电路包括:第三电阻切换电路和第三电压转换电路;9. The display device according to claim 9, wherein the second power supply circuit comprises: a third resistance switching circuit and a third voltage conversion circuit;
    其中,所述第三电阻切换电路的控制端与所述第一电源电路和/或所述控制器连接,所述第三电阻切换电路并联连接在所述第二热敏电阻的第一端和第二端之间,所述第二热敏电阻的第一端还与所述供电切换电路的输出端连接,所述第二热敏电阻的第二端还与所述第三电压转换电路的输入端连接,所述第三电压转换电路的输出端与所述背光驱动电路连接;Wherein, the control end of the third resistance switching circuit is connected to the first power supply circuit and/or the controller, and the third resistance switching circuit is connected in parallel to the first end of the second thermistor and Between the second terminals, the first terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the output terminal of the power supply switching circuit, and the second terminal of the second thermistor is also connected to the output terminal of the third voltage conversion circuit. The input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the third voltage conversion circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit;
    所述第三电阻切换电路,用于在所述第一电源电路通过所述供电切换电路向所述第二电源电路开始供电时,控制所述第二热敏电阻串联连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第三电阻切换电路之间;The third resistance switching circuit is used to control the second thermistor to be connected in series to the power supply switching circuit when the first power supply circuit starts to supply power to the second power supply circuit through the power supply switching circuit And the third resistance switching circuit;
    所述第三电阻切换电路,还用于从所述第一电源电路或者供电后的所述控制器经过所述预设时长后接收所述第二信号;并基于所述第二信号,控制所述第二热敏电阻短路连接在所述供电切换电路与所述第三电阻切换电路之间;The third resistance switching circuit is further configured to receive the second signal from the first power supply circuit or the controller after power supply after the preset time period; and based on the second signal, control all The second thermistor is short-circuited and connected between the power supply switching circuit and the third resistance switching circuit;
    所述第三电压转换电路,用于将从所述第一电源电路输出的电压进行转换并向所述背光驱动电路提供所述背光组件中位于第二区域的背光光源的电能。The third voltage conversion circuit is configured to convert the voltage output from the first power supply circuit and provide the backlight driving circuit with power of the backlight light source located in the second area of the backlight assembly.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的显示设备,其特征在于,The display device according to claim 12, wherein:
    所述第三电阻切换电路包括:第六电阻、第三三极管、第四二极管和第四继电器;The third resistance switching circuit includes: a sixth resistor, a third triode, a fourth diode, and a fourth relay;
    其中,所述第六电阻的第一端、所述第三三极管的基极和第四继电器的第四端均与所述控制器或者所述第一电源电路连接,所述第三三极管的集电极分别与所述第四二极管的阳极和所述第四继电器的第一端连接,所述第四二极管的阴极与所述第四继电器的第四端连接,所述第四继电器的第二端与所述第二热敏电阻的第一端连接,所述第四继电器的第三端与所述第二热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第二电容的第二端、所述第六电阻的第二端和所述第三三极管的发射极均接地;Wherein, the first end of the sixth resistor, the base of the third triode, and the fourth end of the fourth relay are all connected to the controller or the first power circuit, and the third third The collector of the pole tube is respectively connected to the anode of the fourth diode and the first end of the fourth relay, and the cathode of the fourth diode is connected to the fourth end of the fourth relay, so The second end of the fourth relay is connected to the first end of the second thermistor, the third end of the fourth relay is connected to the second end of the second thermistor, and the second capacitor The second end of the sixth resistor, the second end of the sixth resistor, and the emitter of the third triode are all grounded;
    所述第三电压转换电路包括:第三电磁干扰电路、第三整流滤波电路、第三PFC电路和第三LLC电路;The third voltage conversion circuit includes: a third electromagnetic interference circuit, a third rectification filter circuit, a third PFC circuit, and a third LLC circuit;
    其中,所述第三电磁干扰电路的输入端分别与所述第三电阻切换电路的输出端和所述第二热敏电阻的第二端连接,所述第三电磁干扰电路的输出端与所 述第三整流滤波电路的输入端连接,所述第三整流滤波电路的输出端与所述第三PFC电路的输入端连接,所述第三PFC电路的输出端与所述第三LLC电路的输入端连接,所述第三LLC电路的输出端与所述背光驱动电路连接。Wherein, the input end of the third electromagnetic interference circuit is respectively connected to the output end of the third resistance switching circuit and the second end of the second thermistor, and the output end of the third electromagnetic interference circuit is connected to the second end of the second thermistor. The input end of the third rectification and filter circuit is connected, the output end of the third rectification and filter circuit is connected to the input end of the third PFC circuit, and the output end of the third PFC circuit is connected to the third LLC circuit. The input terminal is connected, and the output terminal of the third LLC circuit is connected to the backlight driving circuit.
  14. 根据权利要求1-13任一项所述的显示设备,其特征在于,所述供电切换电路设置所述第一电源电路中,和/或,所述供电切换电路设置在所述第二电源电路中。The display device according to any one of claims 1-13, wherein the power supply switching circuit is provided in the first power circuit, and/or the power supply switching circuit is provided in the second power circuit in.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的显示设备,其特征在于,所述供电切换电路包括:第四电容、第一二极管、第一继电器以及保险丝;14. The display device of claim 14, wherein the power supply switching circuit comprises: a fourth capacitor, a first diode, a first relay, and a fuse;
    其中,所述第四电容的第一端、所述第一二极管的阴极和所述第一继电器的第四端均与所述控制器或者所述第一电源电路连接,所述第一继电器的第三端与所述保险丝的第一端连接,所述保险丝的第二端与所述第二电源电路连接,所述第一继电器的第二端分别与所述供电设备和所述第一电源电路连接,所述第一继电器的第一端、所述第一二极管的阳极和所述第四电容的第二端均接地。Wherein, the first terminal of the fourth capacitor, the cathode of the first diode, and the fourth terminal of the first relay are all connected to the controller or the first power circuit, and the first The third terminal of the relay is connected to the first terminal of the fuse, the second terminal of the fuse is connected to the second power circuit, and the second terminal of the first relay is connected to the power supply device and the first terminal, respectively. A power circuit is connected, and the first terminal of the first relay, the anode of the first diode and the second terminal of the fourth capacitor are all grounded.
PCT/CN2020/073104 2019-11-04 2020-01-20 Display device WO2021088253A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201911067364.0 2019-11-04
CN201911067364 2019-11-04
CN202010018527.2A CN112785985B (en) 2019-11-04 2020-01-08 Display device
CN202010018527.2 2020-01-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021088253A1 true WO2021088253A1 (en) 2021-05-14

Family

ID=71902655

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/073104 WO2021088253A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2020-01-20 Display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN112785985B (en)
WO (1) WO2021088253A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1848598A (en) * 2006-04-11 2006-10-18 上海国鼎数码科技有限公司 Method and apparatus for realizing dual-processing system by electric executing mechanism control system
CN2859904Y (en) * 2006-04-11 2007-01-17 上海国鼎数码科技有限公司 Double processing system structure realizing device of electric executing mechanism control system
CN203734510U (en) * 2013-12-31 2014-07-23 瑞斯康达科技发展股份有限公司 Power module
CN204045189U (en) * 2014-08-27 2014-12-24 郑州众智科技股份有限公司 Small size color screen backlight control circuit
CN204155444U (en) * 2014-10-27 2015-02-11 深圳创维-Rgb电子有限公司 A kind of display device of low standby power loss
US20150091456A1 (en) * 2013-10-01 2015-04-02 General Electric Company Single-stage ac-dc power converter with flyback pfc and improved thd
CN105320040A (en) * 2015-11-20 2016-02-10 上海斐讯数据通信技术有限公司 Power-on sequence control circuit, power-on sequence control method, control device and electronic terminal
CN106210575A (en) * 2016-07-01 2016-12-07 青岛海信电器股份有限公司 The drive circuit system of LCD TV and LCD TV

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3251213B2 (en) * 1997-08-28 2002-01-28 山形日本電気株式会社 Phase locked loop circuit
CN1812510A (en) * 2005-01-27 2006-08-02 乐金电子(沈阳)有限公司 Method and apparatus for resetting central processor of image display equipment
KR100747668B1 (en) * 2005-10-31 2007-08-08 삼성전자주식회사 Video signal receiver including display synchronizing signal generation device and control method thereof
TWI796835B (en) * 2006-09-29 2023-03-21 日商半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 Display device and electronic device
KR20110040427A (en) * 2009-10-14 2011-04-20 엘지이노텍 주식회사 Display device
KR101279124B1 (en) * 2009-12-28 2013-06-26 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Liquid crystal display and method of initializing field programmable gate array
GB2499912B (en) * 2010-12-10 2017-07-26 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Multi-screen display system
CN106534845A (en) * 2016-11-28 2017-03-22 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 Television screen based on artificial intelligence and screen assembly diagnostic system and method
CN106504710A (en) * 2017-01-04 2017-03-15 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 A kind of LED backlight drive circuit and liquid crystal display
CN106782305A (en) * 2017-01-22 2017-05-31 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of display methods and terminal
CN107134262A (en) * 2017-05-12 2017-09-05 惠州三华工业有限公司 Low-power consumption display device
CN107749277B (en) * 2017-10-16 2022-05-17 维沃移动通信有限公司 Screen brightness control method and device and mobile terminal
CN108847771A (en) * 2018-06-25 2018-11-20 郑州云海信息技术有限公司 Extend the power supply circuit and Expander backboard in PMC chip service life
CN109119012B (en) * 2018-08-27 2022-03-22 海信视像科技股份有限公司 Starting-up method and circuit

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1848598A (en) * 2006-04-11 2006-10-18 上海国鼎数码科技有限公司 Method and apparatus for realizing dual-processing system by electric executing mechanism control system
CN2859904Y (en) * 2006-04-11 2007-01-17 上海国鼎数码科技有限公司 Double processing system structure realizing device of electric executing mechanism control system
US20150091456A1 (en) * 2013-10-01 2015-04-02 General Electric Company Single-stage ac-dc power converter with flyback pfc and improved thd
CN203734510U (en) * 2013-12-31 2014-07-23 瑞斯康达科技发展股份有限公司 Power module
CN204045189U (en) * 2014-08-27 2014-12-24 郑州众智科技股份有限公司 Small size color screen backlight control circuit
CN204155444U (en) * 2014-10-27 2015-02-11 深圳创维-Rgb电子有限公司 A kind of display device of low standby power loss
CN105320040A (en) * 2015-11-20 2016-02-10 上海斐讯数据通信技术有限公司 Power-on sequence control circuit, power-on sequence control method, control device and electronic terminal
CN106210575A (en) * 2016-07-01 2016-12-07 青岛海信电器股份有限公司 The drive circuit system of LCD TV and LCD TV

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111526398B (en) 2022-04-12
CN112785985B (en) 2022-03-11
CN111526398A (en) 2020-08-11
CN112785985A (en) 2021-05-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021088320A1 (en) Display device and content display method
CN111526415B (en) Double-screen display equipment and HDMI switching method thereof
CN113163538B (en) Display device
CN113014970B (en) Display apparatus and display control method
CN111464840B (en) Display device and method for adjusting screen brightness of display device
CN112788422A (en) Display device
CN112788423A (en) Display device and display method of menu interface
CN112783380A (en) Display apparatus and method
CN113012647B (en) Display device and backlight light source control method
WO2021088253A1 (en) Display device
WO2021088326A1 (en) Display device and incoming call display method
WO2021088309A1 (en) Display device and information prompt method
CN112788387B (en) Display apparatus, method and storage medium
CN113365124B (en) Display device and display method
CN113573108B (en) Display apparatus
WO2021120371A1 (en) Display device and display control method
WO2021088273A1 (en) Display device and compensation circuit
CN112787512B (en) Display device and control circuit
CN112788375A (en) Display device, display method and computing device
CN112929588B (en) Display device and image data processing method
CN112785954B (en) Display device and compensation circuit
CN113630633B (en) Display device and interaction control method
WO2021088325A1 (en) Dual-screen display device and image display method
WO2021189400A1 (en) Display device, and display method of video chat window
CN112786036B (en) Display device and content display method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20884893

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20884893

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1